Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in+such+a+feast+as

  • 21 δεῖπνον

    δεῖπνον, ου, τό (s. δειπνέω; Hom.+) the main meal of the day (distinguished fr. ἄριστον, a meal taken earlier in the day, cp. Lk 14:12; Polyaenus, Exc. 3, 8).
    ⓐ of an everyday meal, dinner, supper περὶ δείπνου ὥραν about dinner time (cp. POxy 110 δειπνῆσαι … ἀπὸ ὥρας θ´) MPol 7:1; cp. Lk 14:17.
    ⓑ of a formal meal w. guests feast, dinner
    α. gener. in our lit. of an elaborate dinner celebration (Iren., 1, 13, 4 [Harv. I 120, 9]) Mt 23:6; Mk 12:39; Lk 11:43 v.l.; 14:12, 17, 24; 20:46; 1 Cor 10:27 v.l.; Rv 19:9; Hs 5, 5, 3.—δεῖπνον μέγα (Vi. Aesopi W 77 P. p. 99, 43 ἐπὶ μέγα δεῖπνον ἐκάλει τινά) Lk 14:16; Rv 19:17. ποιεῖν δ. give a dinner (PMeyer 20, 34 δεῖπνον ἐπόει μοι; PGM 1, 106; Da 5:1 Theod.) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9=the feast of 5, 5, 3. δείπνου γινομένου when a dinner was being held J 13:2 (Athen. 4, 8, 132c πότερον ἐν ἄστει γίνεται βελτίω δεῖπνα ἢ ἐν Χαλκίδι;). τελεσθέντος τοῦ δ. at the end of the meal GJs 6:3. W. temporal ref. τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δ. (cp. POxy 110 cited in a above) Lk 14:17.
    β. a cultic meal, such as the Passover J 13:4; 21:20 (exx. of δ.=a cult meal in JBehm, TW II 34f; Biogr. p. 92 at the sacrifice a priest calls out: Πίνδαρος ἴτω ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ θεοῦ). κυριακὸν δ. the Lord’s Feast (Supper) 1 Cor 11:20. On τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει vs. 21 s. ἴδιος 1b and προλαμβάνω 1c. Cp. ESchweizer, D. Herrenmahl im NT. Ein Forschungsbericht: TLZ 79, ’54, 577–92; TRE I 43–278.—Billerb. IV 611–39; Pauly-W. XIV 524–27; RAC III 658–66; VI 612–35; B. 352 and 354. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δεῖπνον

  • 22 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 23 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 24 BLÓT

    n.
    1) sacrifice, sacrificial feast or banquet (efna, efla blót);
    4) swearing, cursing.
    * * *
    n. [Ulf. renders λατρεία and σέβασμα by blutinassus, cp. also A. S. compd words such as blôtmônad]:—gener. worship, and worship including sacrifice, spec. a sacrificial feast or banquet, used freq. in pl. when in general sense; the feasts were, esp. the three great annual feasts, when the winter set in (Oct.), at Yule time and mid-winter (Dec. or Jan.), and when the summer began (April), Ó. H. ch. 94–96, Hkr. i. 139 sqq., Hák. S. G. ch. xvi sqq., and the verse of Kormak, Hafit maðr ask né eski, id., Hkr. (Ó. T.) i. 272, Fms. x. (Ó. T.) ch. 50, Fas. (Hervar. S.) i. 531, 512. Hervar. S. the last chapter, Eb. ch. 10, Eg. 257, Fb. i. 22; at Uppsölum vóru blót svá mikil í þann tíma, at hvergi hafa verit meiri á Norðrlöndum, Fas. i. 255; þann vetr fékk Ingólfr at blóti miklu ok leitaði sér heilla um forlög sín, Landn. 33, cp. Hým. 1, Vsp. 62; þar vóru áðr blót ok hörgar, Bs. i. 20 (Kr. S.), Fms. i. 131, Eb. 4; there are mentioned álfa-blót, dísa-blót, etc.
    2. blót, or more correctly blœti, n. an idol, amulet, engi maðr skal hafa í húsum sínum, stalla, vit eðr blót (blœti) … nú ef blot (blœti) er funnit í húsi láslausu, mat-blót ( dough idol) eðr leir-blót ( clay idol) gört í mannslíki af leiri eðr deigi, þá …, N. G. L. i. 383, 389; cp. Fs. (Hallfr. S.) 97.
    II. metaph. in Christian times the name of the heathen worship became odious, and blót came to mean swearing, cursing, freq. in Sturl. and Bs., and in mod. usage, Sturl. ii. 106, 152, iii. 101, Fs. (Vd.) 36, Gísl. The terms for swearing in the heathen times were ‘troll, gramir,’ etc., q. v.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BLÓT

  • 25 BREGÐA

    (bregð; brá, brugðum; brugðinn), v. with dat.
    bregða sverði, knífi, to draw a sword, knife;
    bregða fingri, hendi í e-t, to put (thrust) the finger, hand, into;
    hón brá hárinu undir belti sér, she put (fastened) her hair under her belt;
    bregða kaðli um e-t, to pass a rope round a thing;
    bregða augum sundr, to open the eyes;
    bregða e-m á eintal, to take one apart;
    bregða sér sjúkum, to feign illness;
    2) to deviate from, disregard (vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum);
    3) to alter, change;
    bregða lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale;
    bregða e-m í e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape (þú brátt þér í merar líki);
    4) to break up, leave off, give up;
    bregða tjöldum, to strike the tents;
    bregða boði, to countermand a feast;
    bregða sýslu, to leave off working;
    bregða svefni, blundi, to awake;
    bregða tali, to break off talking;
    bregða orrustu, kaupi, to break off a battle, bargain;
    5) to break (bregða trúnaði, heiti, sáttmáli);
    6) bregða e-m e-u, to upbraid, reproach one with a thing (Kálfr brá mér því í dag);
    7) with prepp.,
    bregða e-m á loft, to lift one aloft;
    bregða e-u á, to give out, pretend (hann brá á því, at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar);
    absol., bregða á e-t, to begin (suddenly) doing a thing;
    Kimbi brá á gaman, took it playfully, laughed at it;
    þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing;
    hestrinn brá á leik, broke into play, ran away;
    hönd bregðr á venju, is ready for its old work;
    þá brá Ingimundr til útanferðar, I. started to go abroad;
    bregða e-u undan, to put it out of the way, to hide it;
    bregða upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand;
    bregða e-u við, to ward off with (bregða við skildi); fig. to put forth as an example, to praise, wonder at (þínum drengskap skal ek við bregða);
    absol., bregða við, to start off, set about a thing without delay;
    brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went;
    8) refl., bregðast;
    9) impers., e-u bregðr, it ceases, fails;
    veðráttu brá eigi, there was no change in the weather;
    of a sudden appearance, kláða brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids began to itch;
    þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, then from L. there burst flashes of light;
    ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye;
    with preps., bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of other seals;
    e-m bregðr í brún, one is amazed, startled (nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök);
    e-m bregðr til e-s, one person takes after, resembles another;
    en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father;
    þat er mælt, at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of a man;
    e-m bregðr við e-t = e-m bregðr í brún;
    brá þeim mjök við, er þeir sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much when they saw him come in;
    en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, this news most affected M.’s nurse.
    * * *
    pret. sing. brá, 2nd pers. brátt, later brást; pl. brugðu, sup. brugðit; pres. bregð; pret. subj. brygði: reflex, (sk, z, st), pret. brásk, bráz, or brást, pl. brugðusk, etc.: poët. with the neg. suff. brá-at, brásk-at, Orkn. 78, Fms. vi. 51.
    A. ACT. WITH DAT.
    I. [A. S. bregdan, brædan; Old Engl. and Scot. to brade or braid; cp. bragð throughout]:—to move swiftly:
    1. of a weapon, to draw, brandish; b. sverði, to draw the sword, Gísl. 55, Nj. 28, Ld. 222, Korm. 82 sqq., Fms. i. 44, ii. 306, vi. 313, Eg. 306, 505; sverð brugðit, a drawn sword, 746; cp. the alliterative phrase in Old Engl. Ballads, ‘the bright browne (= brugðinn) sword:’ absol., bregð (imperat.), Korm. l. c.: b. knífi, to slash with a knife, Am. 59; b. flötu sverði, to turn it round in the band, Fms. vii. 157; saxi, Bs. i. 629: even of a thrust, b. spjóti, Glúm. 344.
    2. of the limbs or parts of the body, to move quickly; b. hendi, fingri, K. Þ. K. 10, Fms. vi. 122; b. augum sundr, to open the eyes, iii. 57, cp. ‘he bradde open his eyen two,’ Engl. Ballads; b. fótum, Nj. 253; b. fæti, in wrestling; b. grönum, to draw up the lips, 199, Fms. v. 220.
    3. of other objects; b. skipi, to turn the ship (rare), Fms. viii. 145, Eb. 324; b. e-m á eintal, einmæli, to take one apart, Fms. vi. 11, Ölk. 35; b. sér sjúkum, to feign sickness, Fagrsk. ch. 51; bregða sér in mod. usage means to make a short visit, go or come for a moment; eg brá mér snöggvast til …, etc.
    4. adding prepp.; b. upp; b. upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand, Fms. i. 167; b. upp glófa, 206, Eb. 326: b. e-m á lopt, to lift aloft, Eg. 122, Nj. 108; b. e-u undan, to put a thing out of the way, to hide it, Fas. i. 6; undir, Sturl. ii. 221, Ld. 222, Eb. 230: b. e-u við (b. við skildi), to ward off with …, Vápn. 5; but chiefly metaph. to put forth as an example, to laud, wonder at, etc.; þínum drengskap skal ek við b., Nj. 18; þessum mun ek við b. Áslaugar órunum, Fas. i. 257; nú mun ek því við b. ( I will speak loud), at ek hefi eigi fyr náð við þik at tala, Lv. 53: b. e-u á, to give out, pretend; hann brá á því at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar, Sturl. iii. 197, Fms. viii. 59, x. 322. β. to deviate from, disregard; vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum, Fær. 50, Nj. 13, 109, Ísl. ii. 198, Grág. i. 359; b. af marki, to alter the mark, 397.
    5. to turn, alter, change; b. lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale, etc., Fms. ii. 7, Vígl. 24; b. sér við e-t, to alter one’s mien, shew signs of pain, emotion, or the like, Nj. 116; b. e-m í (or b. á sik) e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape, Bret. 13; at þú brátt þér í merar líki, Ölk. 37; hann brá á sik ýmissa dýra líki, Edda (pref.) 149.
    II. to break up or off, leave off, give up; b. búi, to give up one’s household, Grág. i. 153, Eg. 116, 704; b. tjöldum, to break up, strike the tents, Fms. iv. 302; b. samvist, to part, leave off living together, ii. 295; b. ráðahag, to break off an engagement, esp. wedding, 11; b. boði, to countermand a feast, 194; b. kaupi, to break off a bargain, Nj. 51, Rd. 251; b. sýslu, to leave off working, Fms. vi. 349; b. svefni, blundi, to awake, Sdm. 2; smátt bregðr slíkt svefni mínum, Lv. 53; b. tali, to break off talking, Vápn. 22; b. orustu, to break off the battle, Bret.: esp. freq. in poetry, b. hungri, föstu, sulti, to break or quell the hunger (of the wolf); b. gleði; b. lífi, fjörvi, to put to death, etc., Lex. Poët.
    2. to break faith, promise, or the like; b. máli, Grág. i. 148; trúnaði, Nj. 141; brugðið var öllu sáttmáli, Hkr. ii. 121; b. heiti, Alvm. 3: absol., ef bóandi bregðr við griðmann ( breaks a bargain), Grág. i. 153.
    3. reflex., bregðask e-m (or absol.), to deceive, fail, in faith or friendship; Gunnarr kvaðsk aldri skyldu b. Njáli né sonum hans, Nj. 57; bregðsk þú oss nú eigi, do not deceive us, Fms. vi. 17; vant er þó at vita hverir mér eru trúir ef feðrnir b., ii. 11; en þeim brásk framhlaupit, i. e. they failed in the onslaught, vii. 298; þat mun eigi bregðask, that cannot fail, Fas. ii. 526, Rb. 50; fáir munu þeir, at einörð sinni haldi, er slíkir brugðusk við oss, Fms. v. 36, Grett. 26 new Ed.
    III. [A. S. brædan, to braid, braider], to ‘braid,’ knot, bind, the band, string being in dat.; hann bregðr í fiskinn öðrum enda, he braided the one end in the fish, Finnb. 220; hón brá hárinu undir belli sér, she braided her hair under her belt; (hann) brá ( untied) brókabelti sínu, Fas. i. 47; er þeir höfðu brugðið kaðli um, wound a cable round it, Fms. x. 53; hefir strengrinn brugðizk líttat af fótum honum, the rope had loosened off his feet, xi. 152: but also simply and with acc., b. bragð, to braid a braid, knit a knot, Eg. (in a verse); b. ráð, to weave a plot, (cp. Gr. ράπτειν, Lat. suere), Edda (in a verse); in the proper sense flétta and ríða, q. v., are more usual.
    2. in wrestling; b. e-m, the antagonist in dat., the trick in acc., b. e-m bragð (hæl-krók, sveiflu, etc.)
    3. recipr., of mutual strife; bregðask brögðum, to play one another tricks; b. brigzlum, to scold one another, Grág. ii. 146; b. frumhlaupum, of mutual aggression, 13, 48; bregðask um e-t, to contest a thing, 66, cp. i. 34.
    4. part., brugðinn við e-t, acquainted with a thing; munuð þit brátt brugðnir við meira, i. e. you will soon have greater matters to deal with, Fs. 84; hann er við hvárttveggja b., he is well versed in both, Gísl. 51.
    IV. metaph. to upbraid, blame, with dat. of the person and thing; fár bregðr hinu betra, ef hann veit hit verra (a proverb), Nj. 227; Þórðr blígr brá honum því ( Thord threw it in his face), á Þórsnesþingi, at …, Landn. 101; Kálfr brá mér því í dag, Fms. vi. 105; b. e-m brizglum, Nj. 227.
    B. NEUT. OR ABSOL. without a case, of swift, sudden motion.
    I. b. á e-t, as, b. á leik, gaman, etc., to start or begin sporting, playing; Kimbi brá á gaman, K. took it playfully, i. e. laughed at it, Landn. 101; b. á gamanmál, Fms. xi. 151; þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing, Ld. 220; bregðr hann (viz. the horse) á leik, the horse broke into play, ran away, Fms. xi. 280; Glúmr svaraði vel en brá þó á sitt ráð, Glum gave a gentle answer, but went on in his own way, Nj. 26, Fas. i. 250: the phrase, hönd bregðr á venju, the hand is ready for its old work, Edda (Ht.) verse 26, cp. Nj. ch. 78 (in a verse).
    2. b. við, to start off, set about a thing without delay, at a moment’s notice, may in Engl. often be rendered by at once or the like; brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went, Fms. i. 158; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok varð þeim mjök við felmt, i. e. they took to their heels in a great fright, Nj. 105; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok fara þaðan, 107; bregðr hon við ok hleypr, Grett. 25 new Ed., Bjarn. 60; hrossit bregðr nú við hart, id.; en er Ólafr spurði, at Þorsteinn hafði skjótt við brugðit, ok hafði mikit fjölmenni, Ld. 228.
    β. b. til e-s, þá brá Ingimundr til utanferðar, Ingimund started to go abroad, Sturl. i. 117; b. til Grænlands ferðar, Fb. i. 430.
    II. reflex, to make a sudden motion with the body; Rútr brásk skjótt við undan högginu, Nj. 28, 129; b. við fast, to turn sharply, 58, 97; bregðsk (= bregðr) jarl nú við skjótt ok ferr, the earl started at once, Fms. xi. 11; hann brásk aldregi við ( he remained motionless) er þeir píndu hann, heldr en þeir lysti á stokk eðr stein, vii. 227.
    2. metaph. and of a circumlocutory character; eigi þætti mér ráðið, hvárt ek munda svá skjótt á boð brugðisk hafa, ef …, I am not sure whether I should have been so hasty in bidding you, if …, Ísl. ii. 156; bregðask á beina við e-n, to shew hospitality towards, Fms. viii. 59, cp. bregða sér above.
    β. b. yfir, to exceed; heyra þeir svá mikinn gný at yfir brásk, they heard an awful crash, Mag. 6; þá brásk þat þó yfir jafnan ( it surpassed) er konungr talaði, Fms. x. 322, yet these last two instances may be better read ‘barst,’ vide bera C. IV; bregðask úkunnr, reiðr … við e-t, to be startled at the novelty of a thing, v. 258; b. reiðr við, to get excited, angry at a thing, etc.
    C. IMPERS.
    I. the phrase, e-m bregðr við e-t, of strong emotions, fear, anger, or the like; brá þeim mjök við, er þau sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much, when they saw him come in, Nj. 68; Flosa brá svá við, at hann var í andliti stundum sem blóð, 177; en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, i. e. this news most affected Melkorka’s nurse, Ld. 82; aldri hefi ek mannsblóð séð, ok veit ek eigi hve mér bregðr við, I wot not how it will touch me, Nj. 59; brá honum svá við, at hann gerði fölvan í andliti … ok þann veg brá honum opt síðan ( he was oft since then taken in such fits), þá er vígahugr var á honum, Glúm. 342; en við höggit brá Glæsi svá at …, Eb. 324; Þorkell spurði ef honum hefði brugðit nokkut við þessa sýslu.—Ekki sjám vér þér brugðit hafa við þetta, en þó sýndist mér þér áðr brugðit, Fms. xi. 148.
    β. bregða í brún, to be amazed, shocked, Fms. i. 214; þá brá Guðrúnu mjök í brún um atburð þenna allan saman, Ld. 326, Nj. 14; þat hlægir mik at þeim mun í brún b., 239; nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök ( people were very much startled), því at margir höfðu áðr enga frétt af haft, Band. 7.
    II. with prepp. við, til, í, af; of appearances, kynligu, undarliga bregðr við, it has a weird look, looks uncanny, of visions, dreams, or the like; en þó bregðr nú kynligu við, undan þykir mér nú gaflaðit hvárt-tveggja undan húsinu, Ísl. ii. 352, Nj. 62, 197, Gísl. 83; nú bregðr undrum við, id., Fms. i. 292.
    III. e-m bregðr til e-s, one person turns out like another, cp. the Danish ‘at slægte en paa;’ þat er mælt at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of the man, Nj. 64; en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father, Hkr. iii. 223; er þat líkast, at þér bregði meir í þræla ættina en Þveræinga, it is too likely, that thou wilt show thyself rather to be kith and kin to the thrall’s house than to that of Thweræingar, Fb. i. 434; b. til bernsku, to be childish, Al. 3.
    β. bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of any other seals, Sks. 41 new Ed. (afbrigði).
    IV. to cease; e-u bregðr, it ceases; svá hart … at nyt (dat.) bregði, ( to drive the ewes) so fast that they fail ( to give milk), Grág. ii. 231; þessu tali bregðr aldri (= þetta tal bregzk aldri), this calculation can never fail, Rb. 536; veðráttu (dat.) brá eigi, there was no change in the weather, Grett. 91; skini sólar brá, the sun grew dim, Geisü 19; fjörvi feigra brá, the life of the ‘feys’ came to an end (poët.), Fms. vi. 316 (in a verse); brá föstu, hungri, úlfs, ara, the hunger of wolf and eagle was abated, is a freq. phrase with the poets.
    V. of a sudden appearance; kláða (dat.) brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids itched, Fms. v. 96: of light passing swiftly by, þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, Hkv. 1. 15; ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye; mey brá mér fyrir hvarma steina, a maid passed before my eyes, Snót 117; þar við ugg (dat.) at þrjótum brá, i. e. the rogues were taken by fear, 170.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BREGÐA

  • 26 PANQUETZALIZTLI

    panquetzaliztli:
    *\PANQUETZALIZTLI calendrier, 15ème 'mois' de l'année
    Pendant ce mois on renouvelait les limites des champs. Dans les premiers jours, on célébrait la troisième fête du dieu Huitzilopochtli (Sah., Clav.).
    Levantamiento de banderas, ereccion de banderas. Nombre de una fiesta de Huitzilopochtli. Cf. Sah HG I 19,25 et HG II 34,1.
    Enhiestamento de banderas. W.Jimenez Moreno 1974,55.
    La fête est décrite au 2ème paragr. du livre III. Sah3,5.
    Décrite dans Sah2,141 sqq.
    Egalement évoquée dans Sah2,175 parmi les fêtes célébrées en l'honneur de Huitzilopochtli.
    " inic yehhuân quinmictîzqueh in îpan panquetzaliztli: in oncân ilhuiquîxtilîlôya Huitzilopochtli ", ainsi ils les mettront à mort, à Panquetzaliztli, quand on célèbre la fête de Huitzilopochtli - such as these slew on the feast day, Panquetzaliztli, when the feast of Huitzilopochtli was celebrated. Sah1,43.
    Période au cours de laquelle les marchands célébraient la 'cérémonie du bain', 'têâltîliztli'. Sah9,45.
    Fête au cours de laquelle les habitants d'Amantlan sacrifiaient une incarnation de Coyotl înahual. Sah9,87.
    Form: nom d'action sur panquetza.

    Dictionnaire de la langue nahuatl classique > PANQUETZALIZTLI

  • 27 πανήγυρις

    πᾰνήγῠρ-ις, [dialect] Dor. [pref] πανᾱγ-, εως, ἡ, ([etym.] πᾶς, ἄγυρις)
    A general or national assembly,

    ἐν πανηγύρει βουλευσόμεσθα A.Ag. 845

    ; esp. a festal assembly in honour of a national god,

    Δήμητρος ἁγνῆς καὶ Κόρης Archil.120

    ;

    Ζηνὸς ἀμφὶ πανάγυριν Pi.O.9.96

    ; πανηγύριας πανηγυρίζειν, ποιήσασθαι, to hold such festivals, keep holy-days, Hdt.2.59, 58;

    συναγαγεῖν Isoc.4.1

    ;

    διαλύειν X.Cyr.6.1.10

    ;

    ἐς π. θεωρεῖν Ar. Pax 342

    ; θεωρίαι ἐς τὰς ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι π. Decr. ap. D.18.91;

    Ὀλυμπίαζε εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων π. ἐπανιών Pl.Hp.Mi. 363c

    ; in Caria, PCair.Zen. 341 (a) 11 (iii B. C.); in Egypt, PHib.27.76 (iii B. C.), etc.;

    ἐν ταῖς π. καὶ δείξεσι τῶν σοφιστῶν Phld.Rh.2.256S.

    ;

    ἁμίλλαις ἱππικαῖς καὶ πανηγύρει προσκαθήμενος Jul.Or.1.39c

    ;

    π. ἐμπορικόν τι πρᾶγμα Str.10.5.4

    , cf. CIG4474.35 ([place name] Baetocaece), Prisc.p.277 D.
    2 any assembly,

    θεῶν ἅδε πανάγυρις A. Th. 220

     (lyr.); νεοσσῶν, φίλων, E.Heracl. 239, HF 1283.
    3 metaph., π. ὀφθαλμῶν feast for the eyes, Ael.VH3.1, cf. Lib.Or.59.145; τὸν.. Ἔχετον χρυσὸν ἀποδείξων καὶ π. destined to exhibit E. as gold and a feast (by comparison with himself), Eun.Hist.p.236D.
    b in bad sense, παίγνιον ὁ βίος καὶ πλάνη καὶ π. Vett. Val.246.2.
    II people assembled, τῇ π. δέος ἐγένετο μὴ .. Th.5.50: generally, crowd, audience,

    ὅταν ᾖ π. Thphr.Char.6.7

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πανήγυρις

  • 28 اشترك

    اِشْتَركَ \ be in for: to be going to take part in (a race, an exam, etc.): Are you in for the long jump?. take part in: to join with other people in doing (sth.): How many people took part in the game?. join in: to take part: The game has begun, but you can join in. Do you want to join in the game?;. go in for: to enter for; arrange to take (an examination) or take part in (a competition): I’m going in for the long jump. participate: to share or take part (esp. in some activity): They bought the girl who was leaving a gift, and asked me to participate (in giving money). \ See Also شارَكَ في \ اِشْتَركَ (في مجلّة، إلخ)‏ \ subscribe: to pay regularly to receive a newspaper, etc.. \ اِشْتَركَ في عُضويَّة (لجنة، إلخ)‏ \ sit on: to be a member of (an official group, such as a committee). \ اِشْتَركَ في سِباق \ race: to compete in a race: Will your horse be racing today?. run a race: take part in a race; hold a race: We ran a race along the shore. \ اِشْتَركَ في وَليمة \ feast: to eat a feast. \ اِشْتَركَ في موكب أو عَرْض \ parade: to take part in a parade.

    Arabic-English dictionary > اشترك

  • 29 GETA

    * * *
    I)
    (get; gat, gátum; getinn), v.
    I. with acc.
    1) to get;
    geta orðstír, to get fame;
    geta sér e-t, to get for oneself (góðs um œðis ef sér geta mætti);
    geta gott af e-m, to get good of one;
    with dat. of the person, geta váluðum vel, to be kind to the poor;
    geta e-m illa, to do harm to one;
    impers., getr e-t, there is (got);
    eigi getr slíkan (there is none such) í konungs herbergjum;
    2) with pp. of another verb, geta veiddan fisk, to be able to catch fish;
    ek get eigi fylgt yðr, I cannot follow you;
    3) almost like an auxil. verb with infin.;
    ek Gunnari gat at unna, I loved G.;
    geta at lita, sjá (to get) to see;
    without ‘at’, er slíkt getr fœða jóð, that shall rear such a child;
    4) to learn (lengi man þat er ungr getr);
    5) to beget, engender (fótr gat son við fœti);
    6) refl., getast at e-u, to like;
    því at mér gezt vel at þér, because I like thee well;
    láta sér getit at e-u, to be pleased with;
    eigi læt ek mér at einu getit, I am not pleased to have always the same, I want some change;
    II. with gen.
    geta gatu, to guess a riddle;
    geta rétt, to guess right;
    geta e-s til, to guess, suppose;
    geta í hug e-m, to guess one’s thoughts;
    2) to speak of, mention, in speech or writing (þess er getit, sem gört er);
    geta um e-t, to speak about (hann gat ekki um þetta fyrir sínum mönnum);
    þess er við getit, at, it is told that.
    f. guess, conjecture (er þat geta mín, at);
    spá er spaks geta, a wiseman’s guess is a prophecy;
    ætla ek eigi þat til getu, at hann sé þar, it is not likely that he is there;
    leiða getum um e-t, to make a guess at.
    * * *
    pret. gat, 2nd pers. gazt, pl. gátu; pres. get; pret. subj. gætí; sup. getið, but getað in the mod. sense of could; part. getinn; reflex. pres. and pret. getsk or gezk, gatsk or gazk, mod. gezst and gazst; with the neg. suff. gátu-ð, Korm. 224, Sighvat; gat-at, Lex. Poët.
    WITH ACC.
    A. [Ulf. begitan = ευρίσκειν; A. S. getan; Engl. get; O. H. G. gezan]:—to get; this use of the word, which is so common in Engl., is dying out in Icel.; it is found in the old poems, esp. in the old Hm.; it is used in law phrases, but is rare in common prose, even in the oldest Sagas; geta þögn, to get silence, a hearing, Höfuðl. 3, Hm. 8; geta orðstír, to get fame; en orðstír deyr aldrigi hveim sér góðan getr, 75; orðstír of gat, Eirekr at þat, Höfuðl.; ey getr kvikr kú, Hm. 69; sjaldan liggjandi úlfr lær um getr, né sofandi maðr sigr, 57; ef hann sylg um getr, 17; né þat máttu … geta hvergi, they could nowhere get it, Hým. 4; gambantein at geta, gambantein ek gat, Skm. 34; hvar gaztú vára aura, Vkv. 12; geta gjaforð, to marry, Alm. 6: geta sér, to get for oneself; hættr er heimis-kviðr nema sér góðan geti, Sdm. 25; sá er sæll er sér um getr lof ok líknstafi, Hm. 8; er sér getr slíkan sefa, Hkm. 19; góðs um æðis, ef sér geta mætti, if he could get it, Hm. 4; geta gjöld, laun e-s, 64, 124, Gm. 3; geta gott af e-m, to get good of one, Hm. 43, 44:—in law, nema hann getí þann kvið, at …, unless he can get that verdict, that …, Grág. i. 17; goðinn seksk ef hann getr engi (acc.) til at nefna féránsdóm, 95; ella skal hverr þeirra geta mann fyrir sik, 26:—in common prose, biðja konu þeirrar er honum væri sómi í, ef hann gæti, Fms. xi. 47; veit ek eigi hvar sú kona sitr er mér sé mikit happ í at geta, Ld. 88: to get, earn, svá at hann megi sér mat geta af sínu fé eðr verkum, Grág. i. 293:—to get, learn, fátt gat ek þegjandi þar, Hm. 104; lengi man þat er ungr getr, an old saying, Ísl. ii. 248; þá skal hann eiga stefnu við fimm lögmenn, þá er hann má helzt geta af (five lawyers of whom he can best learn, i. e. five of the wisest men of law) áðr hann segi hvern þátt upp, Grág. i. 3.
    2. with dat. of the person added, mostly in reference to feeding or entertaining; get þér vel at borði þínu, keep a good table, Sks. 20; get þú váluðum vel, entertain well the poor, Hm. 136; nú er honum vel getið ( he has good cheer) af gnógum mat ok góðum drykk, Str. 7; geta e-m sumbl, to give a feast to one, Ls. 8; geta e-m fótlaug, to get him a foot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37; geta e-m drápu, to entertain one with a poem, Sighvat: the phrase, geta sér (e-m) vel, ílla, to do, cause good or evil to one; ofrmælgi hygg ek at ílla geti hveim er …, a loose tongue will bring evil to any one that …, Vþm. 10; en ef hann forðask minn fund þá mun hann sér ílla geta í því, if he shuns me he will do worse to himself, Orkn. 252 (in a verse).
    II. joined to an infinitive, a participle, or a supine, to get to do (fá, q. v., is used in a similar sense),—hence to be able:
    1. almost like an auxil. verb,
    α. with infin. but without ‘at;’ ek gat’k unna Gunnari, I got to love G., Óg. 21; en sá gat taka við syndum, Sl. 6; ek gat líta, I got to see, beheld, Korm. 14 (in a verse); ek gat blóta, Hallfred (Fs. 94); getum hræra, we do rear, Edda; geta sjá, to get to see, Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse); hann gat teygja at sér, he did draw to himself, Edda 65 (in a verse); geta fæða, to give birth to, Am. 103; ef hann eignask getr, Hm. 78; hveim er eiga getr, Hkv. Hjörv. 9:—with ‘at,’ esp. in the phrase, geta at sjá, líta; þá geta þeir Hákon jarl at líta, earl H. got to see, behold, Fms. xi. 131; þá gátu menn at sjá land fyrir stafu fram, 656 C. 22; Sölvi gat at líta hvar þeir flýðu, Nj. 247; Enok gat at eiga þann son, Stj. 45; gat at heita, Rm. 42.
    β. with part. acc., with a notion of being able, Lat. posse; Gyðingar gátu enga sök sannaða, the Jews could not prove any of their charges, 656 C. 19; því mér lízt svá, sem vér munim þá aldri sótta geta, Nj. 197; ef vér getum Harald Gráfeld af lífi tekinn, Fms. xi. 21; ok geta rétta fylking sína, 131; mikinn fisk ok fagran ok gátu eigi veiddan, iv. 89.
    γ. so also with sup.; gátu þeir ekki at gört, Nj. 115; ok hætta á hvárt ek geta keypt (kaup, v. l.) fyrir yðr. if I can get a bargain for you, 157; Björn gat séð ( beheld) manna-reiðina, 260; ef ek gæta vel fyrir mér séð, 22; sem mest gat hann flutt eptir sér, Ó. H. 85; eigi at heldr gat hann veitt þann íkorna, id.; ef ek get eigi fylgt yðr, Fms. vi. 211.
    2. absol. in old writers geta seems never to occur in the sense of to be able, but only periphrastically as above; but in mod. usage geta has almost displaced the old verb kunna in this sense, e. g. eg get það ekki, I cannot; getr-ðú komið, canst thou come? ef hann hefði getað, if he could have; ekki þurfti, eg gat, I could, and endless other instances.
    III. impers. there is got, there is, cp. Germ. es giebt; eigi getr slíkan ( there is none such) í konungs herbergjum, Fms. vii. 148; þar getr stein (acc.) er asbestos heitir, there is got the stone asbestos, xi. 415; eigi getr vitrara mann, no wiser man is to be got; slíka menn getr varla til vitrleiks, Lv. 54; þar getr reykelsi, Hb, 8.
    IV. reflex., in the phrase, e-m getsk at e-u, one is pleased at a thing, one likes it; því at mér gezk vel at þér, because I like thee well, Fms. i. 66; ok mun mér ekki at getask, nema hann sé sæmilega af höndum leystr, and I shall not be pleased, unless …, Ld. 298; at þú fengir mér konu þá er mér gætisk at, Fms. i. 289; honum gatsk ílla at þessu, Ld. 104; eru þeir nokkurir hér at þér getisk eigi at, Fms. vii. 104; konungr sagði at honum gatsk eigi at þeirri sætt svá búit, ix. 486; haf þökk fyrir, ok getsk mér nú vel at, vi. 372; segir, at henni getsk eigi at þessi ætlan, Finnb. 312; Þorgrímr bað hann til hætta hve honum gætisk at, 336; svá hefir þeim at getisk vápnum Franceisa, so they have tasted thus far the weapons of the French, Karl. 184: with sup., láta sér getið at e-u, to take interest in, be pleased with; eigi læt ek mér at einu getið, ‘tis not my taste to have always the same, I want some change, something new, Grett. 149 new Ed.; lát þér at góðu getið, rejoice in the good, Hm. 129.
    B. To get, beget, engender, used alike of both parents, severally or jointly; fótr gat son við fæti, Vþm. 33: hve sá börn gat, 32; þá ek mög gat, Ls. 35; við systur þinni gaztu slíkan mög, 36; hann gat son er Guðröðr hét, Fms. i. 11; þat barn er þau geta, Grág. i. 178; ef austmaðr getr barn með konu, ef skógarmaðr getr launbarn með konu, 352; svein þann sem hón hafði getið með Abram, Stj. 114; dróttning gat son við Ívari, Fms. vii. 230; sonu marga Öndurdís við Óðni gat, Ht.; þau gátu sér son er Mörðr hét, Nj. 38; fíllinn getr eigi optarr en um sinn, Stj. 70; þegar sem þeir geta burð saman, 97; hann var getinn ( born) austr, Landn. 148; throughout Matth. i. the Icel. text renders begat by gat, cp. Mar. S. 19, Luke i. 35:—to conceive, þú munt verða getandi í kviði, Stj. 409. Judges xiii. 5; fyrir sinn erfingja getinn ok ógetinn, Grág. ii. 170; þú munt son geta ok fæða, Mar. 18; gefr hann son at geta þann er hon fæðir síðan, Mar.: reflex. to be engendered, þaðan getsk löngunin, 656 B. 7: to be born, Mar. 19.
    WITH GEN., of the same form throughout, though different in construction and sense.
    A. [Engl. guess (from the Scandin.?); Swed. gissa; Dan. gjætte; not in Germ. nor Saxon]:—to guess; geta gátu, to guess a riddle, Fas. i. 465; in the saying, opt verðr villr sá er geta skal, Fb. iii. 384; hvárt getr þú þessa, eðr veiztú með sannindum, Fms. ii. 260; ef þik hefði svá dreymt sem áðr gat ek, xi. 7; ok gat þess til, at þú mundir, Nj. 90; þess munda ek geta, at …, Lv. 104; þá fór sem hann gat, at …, Fms. xi. 22; ek get verit munu hafa Gunnar á Hlíðarenda, Nj. 35; sendimenn sögðu at hann gat rétt, Eg. 541; ef ek skal geta til, þá ætla ek …, Nj. 134; eptir því sem Halldórr gat til, Ld. 324; sem Ólafr konungr gat til, Fms. vii. 104, x. 354; get þú til (guess!) segir Stúfr, rétt getr þú ( thou guessest right) segir Stúfr, vi. 390; gat síns hverr til hvat skipum vera mundi, viii. 213; nú geta menn þess til at Gísli muni druknaðr vera, Gísl. 46, (tilgáta); þá get ek at á sína hönd mér setisk hvárr þeirra, Ld. 324: so in the phrase, geta til launanna í knefa e-m, to guess for the reward into another’s nieve ( closed hand), Sturl. iii. 151; geta í kollinn, to guess, guess right, passim.
    2. to think, mean, almost like the American I guess; ekki get ek at hón sálug sé mjök djarftæk, I guess that she, poor thing, will …, Stj. 422; ek get hann eigi þessa eina hjálp okkr veita, 423, passim: recipr. getask, proncd. getrast.
    B. [Found neither in Engl., Saxon, nor Germ.; lost in mod. Swed. and Dan.]:—to speak of, mention; þess er getið sem gört er, Grett.; gettu eigi vafurleysu þeirrar, Band. 28; öngra manna gat Kári jafnopt sem Njáls, Nj. 211; konungr þagnar hvert sinn er Þórólfs er getið, Eg. 54; þá þarf þess eigi at geta ef sættask skal, Fms. iv. 130; so also, geta um e-t, to speak about; Guanarr reið heim ok gat fyrir öngum manni um, Nj. 82; ok gátu fyrir henni um bónorðit, Fms. xi. 22; ok er ekki getið um ferð þeirra fyrr en þeir kómu til hirðar Rögnvalds jarls, iv. 130.
    2. to tell of (in records etc.); þess getr Glúmr Geirason í Gráfeldar drápu, Fms. i. 25, 30, 38, 50, 55, 65, 91, iv. 62, 63, passim; en í annarri sögu er þess getið, at …, xi. 14; enn getr Einarr hversu Hákon jarl hefndi föður síns, i. 56; sem síðarr mun getið verða, as will be told later (i. e. below), 230; sem fyrr var getið, as is told above, v. 24: impers., e-s getr, it is told, recorded (in books, poems); þess getr í Hrunhendu, at …, opt skal góðs geta, a saying, the good shall be often spoken of, Hm. 102.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GETA

  • 30 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 31 vista

    f.
    1 sight, eyesight (sentido).
    tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight
    perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind
    corto de vista short-sighted
    vista cansada eyestrain
    2 watching.
    3 gaze (mirada).
    dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen
    fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at
    a primera o simple vista at first sight, on the face of it (aparentemente)
    4 view (panorama).
    una habitación con vistas a room with a view
    con vistas al mar with a sea view
    vista frontal front view
    vista lateral side view
    vista panorámica bird's-eye-view
    5 hearing (law).
    6 court hearing, hearing, trial.
    7 customs inspector.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: ver.
    pres.subj.
    1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: vestir.
    * * *
    1 (visión) sight, vision
    2 (ojo) eye, eyes plural
    3 (panorama) view
    4 (aspecto) appearance, aspect, look
    5 (dibujo, cuadro, foto) view
    6 (intención) intention
    7 (propósito) outlook, prospect
    8 DERECHO trial, hearing
    1 view sing
    \
    a la vista at sight, on sight
    a la vista de todos (públicamente) in full view of everyone 2 (abiertamente) openly
    a primera vista / a simple vista at first sight
    a tantos días vista so many days after sight
    ver algo a vista de pájaro to have a a bird's-eye view of something
    actuar con mucha vista figurado to act with great foresight
    alzar la vista to raise one's eyes, look up
    apartar la vista de algo/alguien to look away from something/somebody
    bajar la vista to look down
    clavar la vista en algo / fijar la vista en algo to stare at something
    comerse algo/alguien con la vista figurado to devour something/somebody with one's eyes
    con vistas a (hacia) overlooking 2 (pensando en) with a view to, in anticipation of
    conocer a alguien de vista to know somebody by sight
    en vista de in view of, considering
    estar a la vista to be evident, be obvious
    hacer la vista gorda familiar to turn a blind eye
    no quitar la vista de encima figurado not to take one's eyes off
    poner a la vista to put on show
    quitar de la vista to take away
    ser agradable a la vista to be pleasing to the eye
    ser corto,-a de vista to be short-sighted
    tener la vista cansada to be suffering from eyestrain
    tener mala vista to have poor eyesight
    tener mucha vista figurado to be far-sighted
    tener vista de lince figurado to be eagle-eyed, have eyes like a hawk
    volver la vista atrás to look back
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) vision, eyesight
    2) view, sight
    3) glance, look
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (=visión) sight, eyesight

    • nublarse la vista, se me nubló la vista — my eyes clouded over

    • perder la vista — to lose one's sight

    • tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    vista cansada — (por defecto) longsightedness; (por agotamiento) eyestrain

    vista de águila, vista de lince — eagle eye

    tener vista de águila o de lince — to have eagle eyes, to have eyes like a hawk o a lynx

    2) (=ojos)
    a) (=órgano) eyes [pl]

    una luz que hiere la vista — a dazzling light, a light that hurts one's eyes

    • torcer la vista — to squint

    b) (=mirada)

    ¡vista a la derecha! — (Mil) eyes right!

    • aguzar la vista — (para ver a lo lejos) to screw one's eyes up; (para descubrir algo) to look sharp

    • alzar la vista — to look up

    • apartar la vista — to look away

    • bajar la vista — to look down, lower one's gaze

    • buscar algo con la vista — to look around for sth

    • clavar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth

    • dirigir la vista a algn/algo — to look towards sb/sth, turn one's gaze on sb/sth

    • echar una vista a algn/algo — to take a look at sb/sth

    • fijar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth

    • medir a algn con la vista — to size sb up

    • pasar la vista por algo — to look over sth, glance quickly at sth

    • con la vista puesta en la pared — with his eyes fixed on the wall

    con la vista puesta en la futura legislación medioambiental, la compañía ha sacado un nuevo modelo — in the light of the forthcoming environmental legislation, the company has launched a new model

    •¡ quítate de mi vista! — get out of my sight!

    • recorrer algo con la vista — to run one's eye over sth

    • seguir algo con la vista — to follow sth with one's eyes

    • volver la vista — to look away

    saltar a la vista —

    una cosa que salta a la vista es... — one thing that immediately hits o strikes you is...

    salta a la vista que... — it's blindingly obvious that...

    3) (=perspicacia) foresight

    tuvieron vista para comprar las acciones — they showed foresight in buying the shares, it was shrewd of them to buy the shares

    4) (=panorama) view

    • con vistas a, con vistas a la montaña — with a view of the mountains

    una habitación con vistas al mar — a room with a sea view, a room overlooking the sea

    vista anterior, vista frontal — front view

    5) (Fot) (=imagen) view
    a)

    • a la vista — in sight o view

    no es muy agradable a la vista — it's not a pretty sight, it's not very pleasant to look at

    cuenta a la vista — (Econ) instant access account

    a la vista está (que...) — it's obvious (that...), you can see for yourself (that...)

    a la vista, no son pobres — from what you can tell, they're not poor

    • a la vista de todos — in full view (of everyone)

    a la vista de sus informes — in the light of o in view of his reports

    • poner algo a la vista — to put sth on view

    b)

    •a... años/días vista, pagadero a 30 días vista — payable within 30 days

    a un año vista de las elecciones — (=antes) a year before the elections

    a cinco años vista — (=después) five years from then

    c)

    • con vistas a — with a view to

    d)

    •de vista — by sight

    •en vista de — in view of

    en vista de que... — in view of the fact that...

    •¡ hasta la vista! — see you!, so long!

    • a primera vista — at first sight, on the face of it

    • a simple vista — (=sin ayuda de aparatos) to the naked eye; (=por la primera impresión) at first sight

    7) (=aspecto) appearance, looks [pl]

    de vista poco agradable — not very nice to look at, unprepossessing

    8) (Jur) hearing
    9) pl vistas ( Hist) meeting [sing], conference [sing]
    2.
    SMF (tb: vista de aduana) customs official
    * * *
    I
    masculino y femenino customs officer o official
    II
    1)
    a) ( sentido) sight, eyesight

    tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    b) ( ojos) eyes
    c) ( perspicacia) vision
    2)
    a) ( mirada)

    alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down

    torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint

    b) ( espectáculo) sight

    a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back

    4) ( panorama) view
    5) (Der) hearing

    la vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...

    6) (Com, Fin)
    * * *
    I
    masculino y femenino customs officer o official
    II
    1)
    a) ( sentido) sight, eyesight

    tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    b) ( ojos) eyes
    c) ( perspicacia) vision
    2)
    a) ( mirada)

    alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down

    torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint

    b) ( espectáculo) sight

    a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back

    4) ( panorama) view
    5) (Der) hearing

    la vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...

    6) (Com, Fin)
    * * *
    vista1
    1 = sight, eyesight.

    Ex: The seers -- the sybils and prophets -- of Michelangelo's Sistine Ceiling reveal imperfections of bodily sight (such as near- and far-sightedness), emphasizing their spiritual foresight.

    Ex: Often microform makes users aware of hitherto unnoticed eyesight defects.
    * a la vista = in sight, within sight.
    * a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.
    * algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.
    * amor a primera vista = love at first sight.
    * a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * apartar la vista = look + the other way.
    * a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.
    * a vista de pájaro = bird's eye view.
    * cansar la vista = cause + eyestrain.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con vistas a = with an eye toward(s), overlook.
    * con vistas a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con vistas a + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * corto de vista = nearsighted [near-sighted].
    * desagradable a la vista = eyesore.
    * de vista aguda = sharp-eyed.
    * empeoramiento de la vista = failing eyesight.
    * en vista de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.
    * en vista de que = seeing that/as.
    * fuera de la vista = out of view.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.
    * levantar la vista = look up.
    * mala vista = poor eyesight.
    * no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.
    * no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.
    * perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * perder la vista = become + blind.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * plan de adquisición de material a vista = approval plan.
    * problemas con la vista = poor eyesight.
    * regalarse la vista con = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * saltar a la vista = be patently clear.
    * sin perder de vista = with an eye on.
    * sin problemas de vista = sighted.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.
    * torcer la vista = squint.
    * vista cansada = visual fatigue, eyestrain [eye strain], presbyopia.
    * vista fatigada = eyestrain [eye strain].
    * volver la vista atrás = look back.

    vista2
    * adoptar un punto de vista = embrace + view.
    * analizar desde un punto de vista crítico = cast + a critical eye over.
    * argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.
    * argument que presenta los dos puntos de vista = two-sided argument.
    * ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.
    * comprender un punto de vista = take + point.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = in terms of, from the vantage of, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, mitotically, nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la estética = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la informática = computationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la medicina = medically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la música = musically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = in + Nombre + eyes.
    * desde el punto de vista judicial = judicially.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * fiel desde el punto de vista de la historia = historically accurate.
    * manifestar un punto de vista = air + view.
    * neutral desde el punto de vista de la raza = race-neutral.
    * no concebirse desde ningún punto de vista = be impossible under any hypothesis.
    * promover un punto de vista = promote + view.
    * punto de vista = angle, point of view, side, stance, standpoint, view, viewpoint, outlook, eye, world view [worldview/world-view], bent of mind.
    * sostener un punto de vista = assert + view, hold + point of view.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = contemplate + view.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint.
    * ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.
    vista3
    3 = outlook, vista, sight, view.

    Ex: This provides the user with a pleasant outlook and gives natural light.

    Ex: From the library she could see miles and miles of unobstructed vistas of rich, coffee-brown, almost black soil, broken only by occasional small towns, farms, and grain elevators.
    Ex: There was something inexpressibly poignant about the sight of the once powerful Roger Balzac sitting quiescently like a victim in a noose across the desk from him.
    Ex: Just as long as she has a nice view from her kitchen window she doesn't care about the rest of the world.
    * contemplar una vista = contemplate + view.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * sin vistas = viewless.
    * tener vistas a = overlook.
    * ¡Tierra a la vista! = Land ahoy!, Land ho!.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * vista agradable = a sight for sore eyes.
    * vista a la sierra = mountain view.
    * vista a las montañas = mountain view.
    * vista al mar = sea view.
    * vista a ojo de pájaro = bird's eye view.
    * vista a ras de suelo = worm's eye view.
    * vista asombrosa = breathtaking view.
    * vista impresionante = breathtaking view.
    * vista panorámica = panorama, pan, sweeping view, grandstand view, panoramic view.
    * vista sobrecogedora = breathtaking view.

    vista4

    Ex: Both the newspapers and the unions want to cut their losses by concluding a deal in advance of a court hearing that is scheduled to decide on the original causes of the strike.

    * vista judicial = hearing, court hearing.
    * vista oral = oral hearing.

    vista5
    5 = view.
    Nota: En cartografía, representación plana con efecto de relieve en la que las líneas de fuga concurren en un punto de vista central correspondiente al ojo del observador.

    Ex: A view is a perspective representation of the landscape in which detail is shown as if projected on an oblique plane (e.g., a bird's eye view, panorama, panoramic drawing, worm's eye view).

    * * *
    customs officer o official
    A
    1 (sentido) sight, eyesight
    tengo buena vista I have good eyesight, my sight is good
    ser corto de vista to be shortsighted
    tener la vista cansada to have eyestrain
    la enfermedad le afectó la vista the illness affected his eyesight o his sight o his vision
    este paisaje tan bello es un regalo para la vista this beautiful scenery is a delight to behold
    perdió la vista en un accidente he lost his sight in an accident
    2 (ojos) eyes
    la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes
    lo han operado de la vista he's had an eye operation
    se le nubló la vista her eyes clouded over
    3 (perspicacia) vision
    tiene mucha vista para los negocios he's very shrewd o he has great vision when it comes to business
    B
    1
    (mirada): me contestó sin alzar or levantar la vista del libro she answered without looking up from the book o without raising her eyes from the book
    no me quitó la vista de encima she didn't take her eyes off me
    torcer la vista to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
    bajó la vista he looked down
    fijó la vista en el horizonte she fixed her eyes o her gaze on the horizon
    dirigió la vista hacia nosotros he looked toward(s) us
    se desmayó ante la vista del cadáver he fainted at the sight of the body
    C ( en locs):
    a la vista: ¡tierra a la vista! land ho!
    ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily
    escóndelo, que no esté a la vista hide it somewhere out of sight
    pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight
    no lo hagas aquí a la vista de todos don't do it here where everyone can see o in full view of everyone
    [ S ] fabricación a la vista del público workshop ( o factory etc) open for public viewing
    [ S ] café molido a la vista ( RPl); coffee ground while you wait
    ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?
    a primera vista at first sight o glance
    a primera vista no parecía grave at first sight o glance it didn't look serious
    se notaba a simple vista que estaba enfermo you could tell he was ill just by looking at him
    con vistas a with a view to
    un acuerdo con vistas a las próximas elecciones a pact for the forthcoming elections
    con vistas a que nos lo financien with a view to their o them providing finance
    de vista by sight
    los conozco sólo de vista I only know them by sight
    en vista: ¿tienen a alguien en vista para el puesto? do you have anybody in mind for the job?
    estamos buscando casa — ¿ya tienen algo en vista? we're househunting — have you seen anything interesting yet?
    en vista de in view of
    en vista de que no podía ganar in view of the fact that she couldn't win
    en vista de que no llegaban, nos fuimos since they hadn't arrived, we left
    en vista del éxito obtenido, mejor me callo la boca ( iró hum); considering the success of my last comment ( o joke etc), I think I'd better keep my mouth shut ( iro hum)
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! ( colloq), until we meet again ( frml)
    a vista de pájaro: desde la torre vemos la ciudad a vista de pájaro from the tower we get a bird's-eye view of the city
    a vista y paciencia de algn (Chi, Per fam); in front of sb
    hace tiempo que no le echo la vista encima I haven't seen him for some time
    estar con or tener la vista puesta en algo/algn to have one's eye on sth/sb
    tiene la vista puesta en una chica de la oficina he's got his eye on a girl in the office
    hacer la vista gorda or ( Méx) de la vista gorda ( fam); to turn a blind eye, to pretend not to see
    perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb
    vigílalo bien, no lo pierdas de vista keep a close eye on him, don't let him out of your sight
    no debemos perder de vista nuestro objetivo primario we must not lose sight of our main objective
    no pierdas de vista (el hecho de) que es un actor desconocido don't lose sight of o don't overlook the fact that he is an unknown actor
    ¡tengo unas ganas de perderlos de vista …! ( fam); I'll be glad to see the back of them! ( colloq)
    cuando terminamos la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated
    perderse de vista to disappear from view
    saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color
    ¿cómo no te diste cuenta? si saltaba a la vista I can't see how you failed to notice, it stood out a mile o it was so obvious
    salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated
    tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk
    no vuelvas la vista atrás y piensa en el futuro don't look back, think of the future
    D
    1 (panorama) view
    una vista preciosa de la bahía a beautiful view of the bay
    la habitación tiene vista al mar the room overlooks the sea o has a sea view o looks out over the sea
    vista aérea aerial view
    2 (imagen) view
    3 ( fam)
    (aspecto): el plato tenía muy buena vista the dish looked delicious
    unos muebles de mucha vista some very attractive furniture
    E ( Der) hearing
    la vista del juicio se celebrará el día 27 the hearing will take place on the 27th
    Compuesto:
    hearing
    F ( Com, Fin):
    a 20 días vista within 20 days
    G vistas fpl (en costura) facings (pl)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo vestir: ( conjugate vestir)

    vista es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    vestir    
    vista
    vestir ( conjugate vestir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹niño/muñeca› to dress



    2 (liter o period) ( llevar puesto) to wear
    verbo intransitivo
    1 [ persona] to dress;

    vista de algo ‹de uniforme/azul›) to wear sth;
    vista de etiqueta to wear formal dress
    2 ( ser elegante):

    de vista ‹traje/zapatos› smart
    vestirse verbo pronominal ( refl)

    ◊ date prisa, vístete hurry up, get dressed



    se viste a la última moda she wears the latest styles;
    siempre se viste de verde she always wears green
    c) ( disfrazarse) vistase de algo to dress up as sth

    vista sustantivo femenino
    1


    ser corto de vista to be near-sighted;
    perdió la vista he lost his sight;
    vista cansada eyestrain
    b) ( ojos) eyes;


    lo operaron de la vista he had an eye operation
    2 ( mirada):
    ◊ alzar/bajar la vista to look up/down

    3 ( en locs)

    estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight;
    a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
    ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?;
    a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance;
    con vistas a with a view to;
    en vista de in view of;
    en vista de que … in view of the fact that …;
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq);
    perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb;
    perderse de vista to disappear from view
    4 ( panorama) view;

    vista aérea aerial view
    5 (Der) hearing
    vestir
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poner la ropa a alguien) to dress
    frml to clothe
    2 (llevar puesto) to wear: vestía un traje gris, he was wearing a grey suit
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (llevar) to dress
    viste de rojo, she's wearing red
    vestir bien, to dress well
    (ser apropiado, elegante) to look smart
    visto,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (considerado socialmente) estar bien visto, to be considered correct o acceptable
    estar mal visto, to be frowned upon/on
    2 (común, poco original) estar muy visto, not to be very original: ese reloj está muy visto, everybody is wearing watches like that
    3 fam (obvio) estar visto, to be obvious o clear
    4 (al parecer) por lo visto, apparently
    5 Jur visto para sentencia, ready for judgement
    II sustantivo masculino visto bueno, approval
    vista sustantivo femenino
    1 (sentido, visión) sight: le conozco de vista, I know him by sight
    ese edificio nos tapa la vista del río, the river is hidden from view by that building
    tienes buena vista, you have good eyesight
    corto de vista, shortsighted, US nearsighted
    (los ojos) me hace daño a la vista, it hurts my eyes
    2 (perspectiva, panorama) view
    con vistas a la calle, overlooking the street
    3 Jur hearing, trial
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar hacer la vista gorda, to turn a blind eye
    perder de vista, to lose sight of: el tren se perdió de vista, the train disappeared from view
    familiar ¡piérdete de mi vista!, get out of here!, get lost!
    (recordar) volver/echar la vista atrás, to look back
    a la vista, (dentro del campo visual) visible, within sight
    (previsto) tienen un viaje a la vista, they have a trip in mind
    a primera vista/a simple vista, (a la primera, directamente) at first sight o glance: amor a primera vista, love at first sight
    detectó el error a simple vista, he found the mistake straight away
    (con solo mirar) esa estrella no es visible a simple vista, that star isn't visible with the naked eye
    (en principio, al parecer) on the face of it
    con vistas a, with a view to
    en vista de, in view of, considering
    ' vista' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - aguda
    - agudo
    - alcance
    - ante
    - apartar
    - cantar
    - converger
    - corta
    - corto
    - dominar
    - esforzar
    - fijar
    - fina
    - fino
    - golpe
    - graduar
    - graduarse
    - herir
    - lince
    - novedosa
    - novedoso
    - nublarse
    - punto
    - recorrer
    - respetable
    - saltar
    - sesgar
    - versión
    - visión
    - volver
    - aéreo
    - agradable
    - alcanzar
    - amor
    - ángulo
    - cansar
    - chiribita
    - clavado
    - clavar
    - conocer
    - descansar
    - devolver
    - engañar
    - forzar
    - levantar
    - mirada
    - mirar
    - nublar
    - ojo
    English:
    acute
    - angle
    - aspect
    - avert
    - away
    - bird's-eye view
    - blind
    - blot out
    - clear
    - contention
    - delightful
    - dim
    - eagle-eyed
    - eye
    - eye-level
    - eyesight
    - eyestrain
    - face
    - glance
    - glorious
    - gorgeous
    - hearing
    - hide
    - in
    - jump out
    - look up
    - naked
    - note
    - obstruct
    - open out
    - oscillate
    - outlook
    - overlook
    - perspective
    - point
    - respect
    - scene
    - see
    - seeing
    - sense
    - sharp
    - sight
    - sight-reading
    - slant
    - splendid
    - standpoint
    - stare
    - strain
    - strained
    - surface
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    ver visto
    ♦ nf
    1. [sentido] (sense of) sight;
    [visión] eyesight; [ojos] eyes;
    tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight;
    la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes;
    se me nubló la vista my eyes clouded over;
    perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind;
    de vista: conocer a alguien de vista to know sb by sight;
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!;
    a vista de pájaro: Cartagena a vista de pájaro a bird's-eye view of Cartagena;
    hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye;
    no perder de vista algo/a alguien [vigilar] not to let sth/sb out of one's sight;
    [tener en cuenta] not to lose sight of sth/sb, not to forget about sth/sb;
    perder de vista algo/a alguien [dejar de ver] to lose sight of sth/sb;
    perder de vista a alguien [perder contacto] to lose touch with sb;
    perderse de vista [en la distancia] to disappear (from sight);
    salta a la vista [es evidente] it's blindingly o patently obvious;
    salta a la vista que es novato he is very obviously a beginner;
    salta a la vista su juventud [sorprende] one thing that strikes you is how young she is;
    tener una vista de águila o [m5] de lince to have an eagle eye
    vista cansada [por la edad] long-sightedness; [por el esfuerzo] eyestrain
    2. [mirada] gaze;
    dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen;
    alzar/apartar/bajar la vista to look up/away/down;
    fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at;
    a primera o [m5] simple vista [aparentemente] at first sight, on the face of it;
    3. [observación] watching
    4. [panorama] view;
    una habitación con vistas a room with a view;
    con vistas al mar with a sea view
    vista aérea aerial view;
    vista panorámica panoramic view
    5. [perspicacia, discreción]
    tiene vista para las antigüedades she has a good eye for antiques;
    hay que tener más vista al decir las cosas you have to be more careful what you say
    6. Der hearing
    vista oral oral proceedings
    7. Com & Fin
    a la vista at sight;
    a pagar a 30 días vista payable within 30 days
    8. [plazo]
    a dos meses vista de las elecciones [antes] two months before the elections;
    [después] two months after the elections
    ♦ nm
    [empleado de aduanas] customs officer [responsible for checking baggage]
    ♦ a la vista loc adj
    1. [visible] visible;
    está a la vista [muy cerca] it's staring you in the face;
    ¡barco/tierra a la vista! ship/land ahoy!;
    no dejen objetos de valor a la vista dentro del autocar do not leave valuables lying around where they can be seen inside the coach
    2. [en perspectiva]
    no tengo planes a la vista I have no immediate plans;
    tenemos varios proyectos a la vista there are a number of possible projects on the horizon
    ♦ a la vista de loc prep
    1. [delante de] in full view of;
    ocurrió a la vista de todos it happened in full view of everybody;
    está a la vista de todos it's there for everybody to see
    2. [en vista de] in view of;
    a la vista de los resultados financieros… in view of the financial results…
    ♦ con vistas a loc prep
    [con la intención de] with a view to;
    se reunirán con vistas a negociar un nuevo convenio con la patronal they will meet with a view to negotiating a new agreeement with the employers;
    el ahorro con vistas al futuro saving for the future
    ♦ en vista de loc prep
    in view of, considering;
    en vista de lo ocurrido… considering what has happened…;
    en vista de que since, seeing as
    * * *
    I f
    1 (eye)sight;
    vista cansada MED tired eyes;
    tener buena/mala vista have good/bad eyesight;
    hacer la vista gorda fig fam turn a blind eye;
    tener vista para algo fig have a good eye for sth
    2 JUR hearing
    3
    :
    a la vista COM at sight, on demand
    :
    la ciudad a vista de pajaro a bird’s eye view of the city, the city seen from above;
    vista aérea FOT aerial view
    :
    con vistas a with a view to;
    en vista de in view of
    6
    :
    a simple vista with the naked eye;
    a primera vista at first sight;
    de vista by sight;
    estar a la vista be in sight;
    perder de vista lose sight of;
    no perder de vista niño etc not take one’s eyes off;
    a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
    poner la vista en alguien/algo look at s.o./sth; tener intención de conseguir algo set one’s sights on s.o./sth;
    hasta la vista bye!, see you!
    II m/f
    :
    vista (de aduanas) customs official o officer
    * * *
    vista nf
    1) visión: vision, eyesight
    2) mirada: look, gaze, glance
    3) panorama: view, vista, panorama
    4) : hearing (in court)
    5)
    a primera vista : at first sight
    6)
    en vista de : in view of
    7)
    hacer la vista gorda : to turn a blind eye
    8)
    ¡hasta la vista! : so long!, see you!
    9)
    perder de vista : to lose sight of
    punto de vista : point of view
    * * *
    1. (visión) sight / eyesight
    2. (panorama) view
    a simple vista at first sight / at first glance

    Spanish-English dictionary > vista

  • 32 sam-sæti

    n. a sitting down together; taka s., to sit down at a feast, Fms. ii. 261, Stj. 460; veita mér s. ( to entertain me) at sjálfs síns borði, 539:—an assembly, entertainment, í svá góðu s., in such a good ‘set,’in such good company, Sd. 151; staddr í s., Sks. 370.
    COMPDS: samsætisdrykkja, samsætismenn.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > sam-sæti

  • 33 Bacchus

    1.
    Bacchus, i, m., = Bakchos, son of Jupiter and a Theban woman, Semele, Tib. 3, 4, 45; Ov. F. 6, 485:

    bis genitus (since, as Semele died before his birth, he was carried about by Jupiter in his hip until the time of his maturity),

    Curt. 8, 10, 12, Ov. Tr. 5, 3, 26; cf. id. M. 3, 310, and bimatris, id. ib. 4, 12; v. also Cic. Fl. 26, 60; Verg. G. 4, 521; the god of wine (as such also called Liber, the deliverer, Lyæus (luein), the care-dispeller; cf. Enn. ap. Charis. p. 214 P., or Trag. Rel. v. 149 Vahl.; cf Hor. Epod. 9, 38; as intoxicating and inspiring, he is god of poets, esp. of the highly inspired, Ov. Am. 3, 1, 23; 3, 15, 17; id. Tr. 5, 3, 33 sq.; Hor. C. 2, 19, 1; Juv. 7, 64;

    who wore crowns of ivy, which was consecrated to him,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 3, 15: Bacchica verba (poëtae), id ib. 1, 7, 2.—He was worshipped esp. in Thrace and Macedonia, and particularly upon Mount Edon, Hor. C. 2, 7, 27;

    hence, the Bacchæ are called matres Edonides,

    Ov. M. 11, 69; id. Tr. 4, 1, 42; v. also Liber.—Bacchus, in the most ancient times, is represented as a god of nature by a Phallic Herma (v. such a statue in O. Müll. Denkm. 4); in the class. per. in the form of a beautiful youth (Tib. 1, 4, 37; Ov. F. 3, 773), with a crown of vine leaves or ivy upon his head, and sometimes with small horns upon his forehead (id. ib. 3, 481; 3, 767; 6, 483);

    hence, corymbifer,

    Ov. F. 1, 393; Tib. 2, 1, 3; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. cornua, p. 37 Müll.;

    his soft hair fell in long ringlets upon his shoulders (depexus crinibus,

    Ov. F. 3, 465; cf. id. M. 3, 421); with the exception of a fawn's skin (nebris) thrown around him, he was usually represented naked, but with high and beautiful buskins, the Dionysian cothurni, upon his feet; in his hand he, as well as his attendants (a satyr, Silenus, and the Bacchæ), carried the thyrsus (id. F. 3, 764; cf. id. M. 4, 7 sq.); cf. O. Müll. Arch. § 383.—
    B.
    Meton.
    1.
    The cry or invocation to Bacchus, lo Bacche! audito Baccho, Verg. A. 4, 302.—
    2.
    The vine:

    apertos Bacchus amat colles,

    Verg. G. 2, 113; Manil. 5, 238; Luc. 9, 433; Col. 10, 38; cf.

    fertilis,

    Hor. C. 2, 6, 19.—
    3.
    Wine:

    Bacchi quom flos evanuit,

    Lucr. 3, 222:

    madeant generoso pocula Baccho,

    Tib. 3, 6, 5:

    et multo in primis hilarans convivia Baccho,

    Verg. E. 5, 69; so id. G. 1, 344; 4, 279; id. A. 5, 77; Hor. C. 3, 16, 34; Ov. M. 4, 765; 6, 488; 7, 246; 7, 450; 13, 639; cf.: Bacchi Massicus umor. Verg. G. 2, 143.—
    II.
    Hence, derivv.
    A.
    Bac-chĭcus, a, um, adj., = Bakchikos, of Bacchus, Bacchic:

    serta,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 2; Mart. 7, 62:

    buxus,

    Stat. Th. 9, 479:

    Naxos,

    id. Achill. 2, 4:

    ritus,

    Macr. S. 1, 18:

    metrum,

    Diom. p. 513 P.—
    B.
    Bacchĭus, a, um, adj., = Bakchios, of Bacchus:

    sacra,

    Ov. M. 3, 518.—
    C.
    Bacchēus, a, um, adj., = Bakcheios, Bacchic:

    ululatus,

    Ov. M. 11, 17:

    sacra,

    the feast of Bacchus, id. ib. 3, 691:

    cornua,

    Stat. Th. 9, 435.—
    D.
    Bacchēĭ-us, a, um, the same:

    dona,

    i. e. wine, Verg. G. 2, 454 (prob. a spurious verse; v. Forbig. ad loc.).—
    E.
    Bacchīus, a, um, adj., Bacchic: pes, a metrical foot, a Bacchius, ¯¯˘

    (e. g. Rōmānŭs),

    Ter. Maur. p. 2414 P., although others reverse this order; v. Quint. 9, 4, 82; Ascon. Div. in Caecil. 7; Don. p. 1739 P.
    2.
    Bacchus, i, m., a sea-fish, also called myxon, Plin. 9, 17, 28, § 61; 32, 7, 25, § 77; 32, 11, 53, § 145.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Bacchus

  • 34 lemniscus

    lemniscus, i, m., = lêmniskos.
    I.
    A pendent (purple?) ribbon, fastened to a victor's crown, at first of linden-bast or wool, afterwards of gold. A crown adorned with such a ribbon was the highest reward of a victor:

    tenuissimae earum (tiliarum), philyrae, coronarum lemniscis celebres, antiquorum honore,

    Plin. 16, 14, 25, § 65: lemnisci id est fascicolae coloriae, dependentes ex coronis, propterea dicuntur, quod [p. 1049] antiquissimum fuit genus coronarum lanearum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 115 Müll.; Plin. 21, 3, 4, § 6.—Such crowns were given as especial honors to guests at a feast:

    unguenta atque odores, lemniscos, corollas dari dapsilas,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 1, 21:

    coronae datae lemniscis aureis interpositis,

    Capitol. Verr. 5:

    turba coronas lemniscosque jacientium,

    Liv. 33, 33, 2:

    ingestaeque aves, ac lemnisci, et bellaria,

    Suet. Ner. 25.—Crowns ornamented in this manner were given, also, to the victors in public games and to poets:

    et quae jamdudum tibi palma poëtica pollet, Lemnisco ornata est, quo mea palma caret,

    Aus. Epist. 20, 5; cf. Cic. Rosc. Am. 35, 100.—
    II.
    A tent or roll of lint dipped in a medicament, Veg. Vet. 2, 14, 3; 2, 48, 7 (in Cels. 7, 28, written as Greek).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > lemniscus

  • 35 quei

    1.
    qui, quae, quod (old forms: nom. quei; gen. quojus; dat. quoi, and in inscrr. QVOEI, QVOIEI, and QVEI; abl. qui; plur. ques or queis; fem. QVAI; neutr. qua; dat. and abl. queis and quĭs.—Joined with cum: quocum, quācum, quicum, quibuscum;

    rarely cum quo,

    Liv. 7, 33:

    cum quibus,

    id. 4, 5. — Placed also before other prepositions: quas contra, quem propter, etc.; v. h. praepp.), pron.
    I.
    Interrog., who? which? what? what kind or sort of a? (adjectively; while quis, quid is used substantively; qui, of persons, asks for the character, quis usu. for the name).
    A.
    In direct questions: quae haec daps est? qui festus dies? what sort of a feast? what kind of a festival? Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 752 P. (a transl. of Hom. Od. 1, 225: tis daïs, tis de homilos hod epleto; cf. Herm. Doctr. Metr. p. 619): Th. Quis fuit igitur? Py. Iste Chaerea. Th. Qui Chaerea? what Chærea? Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 8:

    qui color, nitor, vestitus?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 11:

    qui cantus dulcior inveniri potest? quod carmen aptius? qui actor in imitandā veritate jucundior?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 8, 34:

    virgo, quae patria est tua?

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 88:

    occiso Sex. Roscio, qui primus Ameriam nuntiat?

    what sort of a person? Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 96.—
    B.
    In indirect discourse:

    scribis te velle scire, qui sit rei publicae status,

    what is the state of the country, Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 10:

    quae cura boum, qui cultus habendo Sit pecori... Hinc canere incipiam,

    Verg. G. 1, 3:

    iste deus qui sit da, Tityre, nobis,

    id. E. 1, 18; 2, 19; 3, 8; id. A. 3, 608:

    nescimus qui sis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 20:

    qui sit, qui socium fraudarit, consideremus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 6, 17.—
    II.
    Rel., who, which, what, that, referring to a substantive or pronoun as antecedent.
    A.
    As a simple rel.
    1.
    With antecedent expressed:

    habebat ducem Gabinium, quīcum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:

    ille vir, cui patriae salus dulcior fuit,

    id. Balb. 5, 11:

    vir acer, cui, etc.,

    id. Brut. 35, 135:

    vir optimus, qui, etc.,

    id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:

    Priscus, vir cujus, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 46, 10; 23, 7, 4:

    quod ego fui ad Trasimenum, id tu hodie es,

    id. 30, 30, 12:

    collaria, quae vocantur maelium,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 15:

    coloniam, quam Fregellas appellent,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    sucus, quem opobalsamum vocant,

    Plin. 12, 25, 54, § 116:

    sidere, quod Caniculam appellavimus,

    id. 18, 28, 68, § 272. —
    2.
    With pronom. antecedent understood: QVI IN IVS VOCABIT, IVMENTVM DATO, Lex XII. Tabularum: SI ADORAT FVRTO, QVOD NEC MANIFESTVM ESCIT, ib. tab. 2, 1. 8:

    novistine hominem? ridicule rogitas, quīcum una cibum capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 60:

    beati, quīs contigit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 95:

    fac, qui ego sum, esse te,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1. —
    3.
    The rel. freq. agrees with the foll. word:

    est locus in carcere, quod Tullianum appellatur,

    Sall. C. 55, 3:

    ealoca, quae Numidia appellatur,

    id. J. 18, 11:

    exstat ejus peroratio, qui epilogus dicitur,

    Cic. Brut. 33, 127:

    justa gloria, qui est fructus virtutis,

    id. Pis. 24, 57:

    domicilia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus,

    id. Sest. 42, 91. —
    4.
    Sometimes it agrees with the logical, not the grammatical antecedent:

    ne tu me arbitrare beluam, qui non novisse possim, quīcum aetatem exegerim,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 112:

    ubi est scelus qui me perdidit?

    Ter. And. 3, 5, 1:

    hoc libro circumcisis rebus, quae non arbitror pertinere ad agriculturam,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 11:

    abundantia earum rerum, quae prima mortales ducunt,

    Sall. J. 41, 1; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2:

    illa furia muliebrium relligionum, qui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 15: alteram alam mittit, qui satagentibus occurrerent, Auct. B. Afr. 78. —
    5.
    Relating to a remote subject:

    annis ferme DX post Romam conditam Livius fabulam dedit... anno ante natum Ennium: qui (sc. Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3; v. the commentators ad loc.; Liv. 21, 26, 2; 31, 38, 10; 37, 14, 2; cf. Krehl ad Prisc. 2, 9, § 48, p. 91.—
    6.
    The antecedent is sometimes repeated after the rel.:

    erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6. —
    7.
    In a question, with ne affixed: sed ubi Artotrogus hic est? Art. Stat propter virum fortem... Mil. Quemne ego servavi in campis Curculioniis? whom I saved? Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 9:

    quemne ego vidi?

    whom I saw? Ter. And. 4, 4, 29.—
    B.
    With an accessory signif., causal or final, joined to the subj.
    1.
    As, because, seeing that, since:

    Actio maluimus iter facere pedibus, qui incommodissime navigassemus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 9, 1:

    hospes, qui nihil suspicaretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 25, § 64;

    ingrata es, ore quae caput nostro Incolume abstuleris,

    Phaedr. 1, 8, 11.—
    2.
    Qui, with the subj., also follows dignus, indignus, aptus, idoneus, etc., answering the question, to or for what? dignus est, qui imperet, i. e. to, Cic. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    dignum esse dicunt, quīcum in tenebris mices,

    id. Off. 3, 19, 77:

    socios haud indignos judicas, quos in fidem receptos tuearis,

    Liv. 23, 43:

    idoneus nemo fuit quem imitarere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 41.—
    3.
    Also after demonstrr. or clauses expressing or implying a quality or degree which is defined or explained in the rel.-clause:

    qui potest temperantiam laudare is, qui ponat summum bonum in voluptate?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    nullo modo videre potest quicquam esse utile, quod non honestum sit,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    non sumus ii, quibus nihil verum esse videatur,

    id. N. D. 1, 5, 12:

    nunc dicis aliquid quod ad rem pertineat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    quis potest esse tam mente captus, qui neget?

    as that, that, to, id. Cat. 3, 9.—
    4.
    To express a purpose, design, in order that, to:

    sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    Caesar equitatum praemisit, qui viderent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15:

    domi creant decem praetores, qui exercitui praeessent,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 4. —
    C.
    The rel. serves as a connective, instead of is, ea, id, with a conj.:

    res loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum,

    and this, Cic. Mil. 20, 53:

    ratio docet esse deos, quo concesso, confitendum est, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 30, 75.—
    D.
    The rel. sometimes means, by virtue of, according to, such:

    quae tua natura est,

    according to your disposition, Cic. Fam. 13, 78, 2:

    qui meus amor in te est,

    such is my love, id. ib. 7, 2, 1.—
    E.
    In neutr. sing.
    a.
    Quod signifies,
    1.
    As much as, as far as, what, = quantum:

    adjutabo quod potero,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 7:

    cura, quod potes, ut valeas,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 6:

    quae tibi mandavi, velim ut cures, quod sine molestiā tuā facere poteris,

    id. Att. 1, 5, 7:

    tu tamen, quod poteris, nos consiliis juvabis,

    id. ib. 10, 2, 2; 11, 2, 2; 11, 12, 4; id. Fam. 3, 2, 2:

    nihil cuiquam, quod suum dici vellet,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    (Epicurus) se unus, quod sciam, sapientem profiteri est ausus,

    id. Fin. 2, 3, 7:

    quod tuo commodo fiat,

    id. Fam 4, 2, 4: quod litteris exstet, [p. 1511] id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38:

    quod sciam,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 6, 14:

    quod ad me attinet,

    as far as depends on me, for my part, Cic. Rosc. Am. 42, 122.— With ellips. of attinet: quod ad Caesarem crebri et non belli de eo rumores, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7; Varr. L. L. 5, § 57 Müll.—With gen.:

    quod operae,

    so much trouble, Cic. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    quod aeris,

    Liv. 8, 20. —
    2.
    Wherein:

    si quid est, Quod mea opera opus sit vobis,

    Ter. And. 4, 3, 23.—
    b.
    Quo, abl. neutr., with compp. (with or without hoc, eo, or tanto): quo... eo, by how much, by so much, the... the:

    quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64.—
    III.
    Indef., any one, any; with si, num, ne, v. quis:

    quaeritur, num quod officium aliud alio majus sit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 7:

    si qui graviore vulnere accepto equo deciderat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 48:

    nisi si qui publice ad eam rem constitutus esset,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 65:

    (BACANALIA) SEI QVA SVNT, S. C. de Bacchan.: ne qui forte putet,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 2, 8.
    2.
    quī, adv. interrog., rel. and indef. [old abl. of 1. qui].
    I.
    Interrog., in what manner? how? whereby? by what means? why?
    A.
    In direct questions:

    quī minus eadem histrioni sit lex quae summo viro?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 76:

    Quī, amabo?

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:

    quī scire possum?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 13:

    Quī in mentem venit tibi istuc facinus facere?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 31:

    Quī non?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 44:

    quī vero dupliciter?

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 25:

    quī vero?

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 60:

    quī scis?

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 2:

    quī istuc facere potuit?

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 15:

    quī potui melius?

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 7:

    sed nos deum nisi sempiternum intellegere quī possumus?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 10, 25:

    quī potest esse in ejusmodi trunco sapientia?

    id. ib. 1, 30, 84:

    quī potest?

    id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    quī ego minus in Africam traicerem,

    Liv. 28, 43, 18.—
    B.
    In indirect questions:

    nimis demiror, quī illaec me donatum esse aureā paterā sciat,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 133:

    quī istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    nec quī hoc mihi eveniat scio,

    id. Hec. 2, 3, 6:

    neque videre, quī conveniat,

    Liv. 42, 50. —
    C.
    In curses (cf. Gr. pôs, and Lat. utinam), how, would that, if but: quī illum di deaeque magno mactassint malo, Enn. ap. Non. 342, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 377 Vahl.):

    quī te Juppiter dique omnes perduint!

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 31:

    quī istum di perdant!

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 78:

    quī te di omnes perdant!

    id. ib. 4, 2, 155; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 73.—Ellipt.:

    quī illi di irati!

    Cic. Att. 4, 7, 1.—
    II.
    Rel., wherewith, whereby, wherefrom, how (referring to all genders and both numbers).
    1.
    In gen.: date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 30 (Trag. Rel. v. 233 Vahl.):

    patera, quī Pterela potitare rex est solitus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 104; 1, 3, 37:

    sucophantia, quī admutiletur miles,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 172; id. Capt. 1, 1, 33; 3, 4, 24:

    mihi dari... vehicla quī vehar,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 28:

    multa concurrunt simul, Quī conjecturam hanc facio,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 32:

    in tantā paupertate decessit, ut quī efferretur, vix reliquerit,

    Nep. Arist. 3, 2.—
    2.
    Esp., of price, at what price, for how much, = quanti:

    indica minumo daturus quī sis, quī duci queat,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 41:

    quī datur, tanti indica,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 109:

    ut quantum possit quīque liceat veneant,

    id. Men. 3, 3, 25.—
    B.
    Transf., that, in order that: Ca. Restim volo mihi emere. Ps. Quam ob rem? Ca. Quī me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87:

    ut det, quī fiamus liberi,

    id. Aul. 2, 4, 31:

    facite, fingite, invenite, efficite, quī detur tibi: Ego id agam, mihi quī ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 34 sq. —
    C.
    Indef. (only with particles of emphasis and assurance; cf. Gr. pôs, and v. Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 28; Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 811; Brix ad Plaut. Capt. 550), in some way, somehow, surely (ante-class.); with hercle:

    hercle quī, ut tu praedicas, Cavendumst me aps te irato,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 58:

    hercle quī multo improbiores sunt, quam a primo credidi,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    hercle quī aequom postulabat senex,

    id. Stich. 4, 1, 53; id. Men. 2, 3, 74.—With edepol:

    edepol quī te de isto multi cupiunt nunc mentirier,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184:

    edepol quī quom hanc magis contemplo, magis placet,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; id. Am. 2, 2, 144.—With at (cf. atquī), and yet, but somehow: Gr. Non audio. Tr. At pol quī audies, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 9; id. Am. 2, 2, 73.— With quippe: horum tibi istic nihil eveniet, quippe quī ubi quod subripias nihil est, Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 22:

    ea nimiast ratio, quippe quī certo scio, etc.,

    id. Truc. 1, 1, 49:

    quippe quī Magnarum saepe id remedium aegritudinumst,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 27.—With ut:

    an id est sapere, ut quī beneficium a benevolente repudies?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 11:

    et eum morbum mi esse, ut quī med opus sit insputarier?

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 21; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > quei

  • 36 qui

    1.
    qui, quae, quod (old forms: nom. quei; gen. quojus; dat. quoi, and in inscrr. QVOEI, QVOIEI, and QVEI; abl. qui; plur. ques or queis; fem. QVAI; neutr. qua; dat. and abl. queis and quĭs.—Joined with cum: quocum, quācum, quicum, quibuscum;

    rarely cum quo,

    Liv. 7, 33:

    cum quibus,

    id. 4, 5. — Placed also before other prepositions: quas contra, quem propter, etc.; v. h. praepp.), pron.
    I.
    Interrog., who? which? what? what kind or sort of a? (adjectively; while quis, quid is used substantively; qui, of persons, asks for the character, quis usu. for the name).
    A.
    In direct questions: quae haec daps est? qui festus dies? what sort of a feast? what kind of a festival? Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 752 P. (a transl. of Hom. Od. 1, 225: tis daïs, tis de homilos hod epleto; cf. Herm. Doctr. Metr. p. 619): Th. Quis fuit igitur? Py. Iste Chaerea. Th. Qui Chaerea? what Chærea? Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 8:

    qui color, nitor, vestitus?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 11:

    qui cantus dulcior inveniri potest? quod carmen aptius? qui actor in imitandā veritate jucundior?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 8, 34:

    virgo, quae patria est tua?

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 88:

    occiso Sex. Roscio, qui primus Ameriam nuntiat?

    what sort of a person? Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 96.—
    B.
    In indirect discourse:

    scribis te velle scire, qui sit rei publicae status,

    what is the state of the country, Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 10:

    quae cura boum, qui cultus habendo Sit pecori... Hinc canere incipiam,

    Verg. G. 1, 3:

    iste deus qui sit da, Tityre, nobis,

    id. E. 1, 18; 2, 19; 3, 8; id. A. 3, 608:

    nescimus qui sis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 20:

    qui sit, qui socium fraudarit, consideremus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 6, 17.—
    II.
    Rel., who, which, what, that, referring to a substantive or pronoun as antecedent.
    A.
    As a simple rel.
    1.
    With antecedent expressed:

    habebat ducem Gabinium, quīcum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:

    ille vir, cui patriae salus dulcior fuit,

    id. Balb. 5, 11:

    vir acer, cui, etc.,

    id. Brut. 35, 135:

    vir optimus, qui, etc.,

    id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:

    Priscus, vir cujus, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 46, 10; 23, 7, 4:

    quod ego fui ad Trasimenum, id tu hodie es,

    id. 30, 30, 12:

    collaria, quae vocantur maelium,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 15:

    coloniam, quam Fregellas appellent,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    sucus, quem opobalsamum vocant,

    Plin. 12, 25, 54, § 116:

    sidere, quod Caniculam appellavimus,

    id. 18, 28, 68, § 272. —
    2.
    With pronom. antecedent understood: QVI IN IVS VOCABIT, IVMENTVM DATO, Lex XII. Tabularum: SI ADORAT FVRTO, QVOD NEC MANIFESTVM ESCIT, ib. tab. 2, 1. 8:

    novistine hominem? ridicule rogitas, quīcum una cibum capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 60:

    beati, quīs contigit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 95:

    fac, qui ego sum, esse te,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1. —
    3.
    The rel. freq. agrees with the foll. word:

    est locus in carcere, quod Tullianum appellatur,

    Sall. C. 55, 3:

    ealoca, quae Numidia appellatur,

    id. J. 18, 11:

    exstat ejus peroratio, qui epilogus dicitur,

    Cic. Brut. 33, 127:

    justa gloria, qui est fructus virtutis,

    id. Pis. 24, 57:

    domicilia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus,

    id. Sest. 42, 91. —
    4.
    Sometimes it agrees with the logical, not the grammatical antecedent:

    ne tu me arbitrare beluam, qui non novisse possim, quīcum aetatem exegerim,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 112:

    ubi est scelus qui me perdidit?

    Ter. And. 3, 5, 1:

    hoc libro circumcisis rebus, quae non arbitror pertinere ad agriculturam,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 11:

    abundantia earum rerum, quae prima mortales ducunt,

    Sall. J. 41, 1; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2:

    illa furia muliebrium relligionum, qui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 15: alteram alam mittit, qui satagentibus occurrerent, Auct. B. Afr. 78. —
    5.
    Relating to a remote subject:

    annis ferme DX post Romam conditam Livius fabulam dedit... anno ante natum Ennium: qui (sc. Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3; v. the commentators ad loc.; Liv. 21, 26, 2; 31, 38, 10; 37, 14, 2; cf. Krehl ad Prisc. 2, 9, § 48, p. 91.—
    6.
    The antecedent is sometimes repeated after the rel.:

    erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6. —
    7.
    In a question, with ne affixed: sed ubi Artotrogus hic est? Art. Stat propter virum fortem... Mil. Quemne ego servavi in campis Curculioniis? whom I saved? Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 9:

    quemne ego vidi?

    whom I saw? Ter. And. 4, 4, 29.—
    B.
    With an accessory signif., causal or final, joined to the subj.
    1.
    As, because, seeing that, since:

    Actio maluimus iter facere pedibus, qui incommodissime navigassemus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 9, 1:

    hospes, qui nihil suspicaretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 25, § 64;

    ingrata es, ore quae caput nostro Incolume abstuleris,

    Phaedr. 1, 8, 11.—
    2.
    Qui, with the subj., also follows dignus, indignus, aptus, idoneus, etc., answering the question, to or for what? dignus est, qui imperet, i. e. to, Cic. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    dignum esse dicunt, quīcum in tenebris mices,

    id. Off. 3, 19, 77:

    socios haud indignos judicas, quos in fidem receptos tuearis,

    Liv. 23, 43:

    idoneus nemo fuit quem imitarere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 41.—
    3.
    Also after demonstrr. or clauses expressing or implying a quality or degree which is defined or explained in the rel.-clause:

    qui potest temperantiam laudare is, qui ponat summum bonum in voluptate?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    nullo modo videre potest quicquam esse utile, quod non honestum sit,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    non sumus ii, quibus nihil verum esse videatur,

    id. N. D. 1, 5, 12:

    nunc dicis aliquid quod ad rem pertineat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    quis potest esse tam mente captus, qui neget?

    as that, that, to, id. Cat. 3, 9.—
    4.
    To express a purpose, design, in order that, to:

    sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    Caesar equitatum praemisit, qui viderent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15:

    domi creant decem praetores, qui exercitui praeessent,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 4. —
    C.
    The rel. serves as a connective, instead of is, ea, id, with a conj.:

    res loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum,

    and this, Cic. Mil. 20, 53:

    ratio docet esse deos, quo concesso, confitendum est, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 30, 75.—
    D.
    The rel. sometimes means, by virtue of, according to, such:

    quae tua natura est,

    according to your disposition, Cic. Fam. 13, 78, 2:

    qui meus amor in te est,

    such is my love, id. ib. 7, 2, 1.—
    E.
    In neutr. sing.
    a.
    Quod signifies,
    1.
    As much as, as far as, what, = quantum:

    adjutabo quod potero,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 7:

    cura, quod potes, ut valeas,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 6:

    quae tibi mandavi, velim ut cures, quod sine molestiā tuā facere poteris,

    id. Att. 1, 5, 7:

    tu tamen, quod poteris, nos consiliis juvabis,

    id. ib. 10, 2, 2; 11, 2, 2; 11, 12, 4; id. Fam. 3, 2, 2:

    nihil cuiquam, quod suum dici vellet,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    (Epicurus) se unus, quod sciam, sapientem profiteri est ausus,

    id. Fin. 2, 3, 7:

    quod tuo commodo fiat,

    id. Fam 4, 2, 4: quod litteris exstet, [p. 1511] id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38:

    quod sciam,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 6, 14:

    quod ad me attinet,

    as far as depends on me, for my part, Cic. Rosc. Am. 42, 122.— With ellips. of attinet: quod ad Caesarem crebri et non belli de eo rumores, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7; Varr. L. L. 5, § 57 Müll.—With gen.:

    quod operae,

    so much trouble, Cic. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    quod aeris,

    Liv. 8, 20. —
    2.
    Wherein:

    si quid est, Quod mea opera opus sit vobis,

    Ter. And. 4, 3, 23.—
    b.
    Quo, abl. neutr., with compp. (with or without hoc, eo, or tanto): quo... eo, by how much, by so much, the... the:

    quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64.—
    III.
    Indef., any one, any; with si, num, ne, v. quis:

    quaeritur, num quod officium aliud alio majus sit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 7:

    si qui graviore vulnere accepto equo deciderat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 48:

    nisi si qui publice ad eam rem constitutus esset,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 65:

    (BACANALIA) SEI QVA SVNT, S. C. de Bacchan.: ne qui forte putet,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 2, 8.
    2.
    quī, adv. interrog., rel. and indef. [old abl. of 1. qui].
    I.
    Interrog., in what manner? how? whereby? by what means? why?
    A.
    In direct questions:

    quī minus eadem histrioni sit lex quae summo viro?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 76:

    Quī, amabo?

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:

    quī scire possum?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 13:

    Quī in mentem venit tibi istuc facinus facere?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 31:

    Quī non?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 44:

    quī vero dupliciter?

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 25:

    quī vero?

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 60:

    quī scis?

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 2:

    quī istuc facere potuit?

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 15:

    quī potui melius?

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 7:

    sed nos deum nisi sempiternum intellegere quī possumus?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 10, 25:

    quī potest esse in ejusmodi trunco sapientia?

    id. ib. 1, 30, 84:

    quī potest?

    id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    quī ego minus in Africam traicerem,

    Liv. 28, 43, 18.—
    B.
    In indirect questions:

    nimis demiror, quī illaec me donatum esse aureā paterā sciat,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 133:

    quī istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    nec quī hoc mihi eveniat scio,

    id. Hec. 2, 3, 6:

    neque videre, quī conveniat,

    Liv. 42, 50. —
    C.
    In curses (cf. Gr. pôs, and Lat. utinam), how, would that, if but: quī illum di deaeque magno mactassint malo, Enn. ap. Non. 342, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 377 Vahl.):

    quī te Juppiter dique omnes perduint!

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 31:

    quī istum di perdant!

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 78:

    quī te di omnes perdant!

    id. ib. 4, 2, 155; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 73.—Ellipt.:

    quī illi di irati!

    Cic. Att. 4, 7, 1.—
    II.
    Rel., wherewith, whereby, wherefrom, how (referring to all genders and both numbers).
    1.
    In gen.: date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 30 (Trag. Rel. v. 233 Vahl.):

    patera, quī Pterela potitare rex est solitus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 104; 1, 3, 37:

    sucophantia, quī admutiletur miles,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 172; id. Capt. 1, 1, 33; 3, 4, 24:

    mihi dari... vehicla quī vehar,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 28:

    multa concurrunt simul, Quī conjecturam hanc facio,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 32:

    in tantā paupertate decessit, ut quī efferretur, vix reliquerit,

    Nep. Arist. 3, 2.—
    2.
    Esp., of price, at what price, for how much, = quanti:

    indica minumo daturus quī sis, quī duci queat,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 41:

    quī datur, tanti indica,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 109:

    ut quantum possit quīque liceat veneant,

    id. Men. 3, 3, 25.—
    B.
    Transf., that, in order that: Ca. Restim volo mihi emere. Ps. Quam ob rem? Ca. Quī me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87:

    ut det, quī fiamus liberi,

    id. Aul. 2, 4, 31:

    facite, fingite, invenite, efficite, quī detur tibi: Ego id agam, mihi quī ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 34 sq. —
    C.
    Indef. (only with particles of emphasis and assurance; cf. Gr. pôs, and v. Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 28; Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 811; Brix ad Plaut. Capt. 550), in some way, somehow, surely (ante-class.); with hercle:

    hercle quī, ut tu praedicas, Cavendumst me aps te irato,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 58:

    hercle quī multo improbiores sunt, quam a primo credidi,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    hercle quī aequom postulabat senex,

    id. Stich. 4, 1, 53; id. Men. 2, 3, 74.—With edepol:

    edepol quī te de isto multi cupiunt nunc mentirier,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184:

    edepol quī quom hanc magis contemplo, magis placet,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; id. Am. 2, 2, 144.—With at (cf. atquī), and yet, but somehow: Gr. Non audio. Tr. At pol quī audies, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 9; id. Am. 2, 2, 73.— With quippe: horum tibi istic nihil eveniet, quippe quī ubi quod subripias nihil est, Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 22:

    ea nimiast ratio, quippe quī certo scio, etc.,

    id. Truc. 1, 1, 49:

    quippe quī Magnarum saepe id remedium aegritudinumst,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 27.—With ut:

    an id est sapere, ut quī beneficium a benevolente repudies?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 11:

    et eum morbum mi esse, ut quī med opus sit insputarier?

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 21; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > qui

  • 37 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    ① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    ② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    ⓗ with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    ③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    ④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    ⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    ⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    ⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 38 hold

    I [həʋld] n мор.
    трюм

    after [forward, main] hold - кормовой [носовой, главный] трюм

    II
    1. [həʋld] n
    1. удерживание; захват; хватка

    to have hold of smth. - держать что-л.; держаться за что-л.

    to take /to get, to catch, to seize, to grip, to lay/ hold of smth. - а) брать; хватать; хвататься за что-л.; catch hold of this rope! - хватайся за эту верёвку!; б) добывать; завладевать чем-л.

    where did you get hold of that book? - где ты достал эту книгу?

    to get hold of a secret - узнать тайну, овладеть тайной

    to keep hold of /on/ smth. - не выпускать чего-л. из рук

    to let go /to leave, to lose, to release/ one's hold of /on/ smth. - выпустить что-л. из рук

    to lose one's hold on reality - оторваться от жизни; потерять чувство реальности

    2. ( часто on, over, upon) власть; влияние

    to get hold of smb. - приобрести власть над кем-л.

    after a moment of panic he got hold of himself - после минутной растерянности он овладел собой

    he has a great hold over his young brother - он имеет огромное влияние на своего младшего брата

    the law has no hold on him - по закону с ним ничего нельзя сделать; закону он не подвластен

    to keep a tight hold upon oneself - крепко держать себя в руках, владеть собой; не давать себе распускаться

    3. то, за что можно ухватиться; опора; захват, ушко

    the rock gives no hold for hand or foot - на скале не за что ухватиться и некуда поставить ногу

    4. хранилище, вместилище
    5. арх. тюрьма, место заключения; тюремная камера
    6. 1) убежище, укрытие, приют
    2) логово, берлога
    7. заказ, требование
    8. арх. арест; заключение в тюрьму
    9. арх. крепость
    10. спорт.
    1) захват ( борьба)
    2) держание мяча
    11. кино жарг. «холд», удавшаяся часть съёмки, произведённой в течение съёмочного дня
    12. муз. фермата
    13. спец. фиксация
    14. 1) ав. задержка ( вылета)

    there will be a hold on all takeoffs until the fog has dispersed - все вылеты отменяются (до тех пор), пока не рассеется туман

    2) косм. задержка при предпусковой подготовке

    scheduled [unscheduled] hold - плановая [внеплановая /непредвиденная/] задержка в операциях по предпусковой подготовке

    ♢ to keep a good hold of the land - мор. держаться близ берега

    to get hold of the land - мор. привязываться к берегу; опознавать берега

    2. [həʋld] v (held; held, уст. holden)
    I
    1. держать

    to hold a pen [a brush, a spade] - держать перо [кисть, лопату]

    to hold smb. in one's arms - а) обнимать, держать кого-л. в своих объятиях; б) держать кого-л. на руках

    to hold fast to smth. - крепко держаться за что-л., вцепиться во что-л. [ср. тж. 4 и ♢ ]

    the wounded man was holding fast to the railings - раненый крепко держался за ограду

    only the goalkeeper may hold the ball in soccer - в футболе только вратарь может брать мяч в руки /касаться мяча руками/

    to hold a threat of disclosure over smb.'s head - держать кого-л. под угрозой разоблачения

    2. удерживать, сдерживать; задерживать; останавливать

    the driver could scarcely hold the horses - возница с трудом сдерживал лошадей

    to hold smb. from a rash venture - удержать кого-л. от необдуманного поступка

    to hold one's breath - затаить /сдерживать/ дыхание, не дышать

    to hold fire - воен. не открывать огонь; воздерживаться от ведения огня

    will they hold (up) the bus till we get there? - они задержат автобус до нашего прихода?

    there's no holding him - его невозможно удержать /остановить/; он не знает удержу

    3. владеть, иметь; быть владельцем, держателем

    the grandson now holds the estate and the title - теперь имение и титул перешли к внуку, теперь внук является владельцем имения и носителем титула

    4. удерживать; сохранять контроль (над чем-л.)

    to hold a fort [position] against the enemy - удерживать форт [позицию] от наступающего противника [см. тж. ♢ ]

    to hold the record - спорт. держать рекорд

    to hold (the) pace - спорт. держать скорость шага

    to hold fast - воен. стойко держаться [ср. тж. 1 и ♢ ]

    5. вмещать, содержать в себе

    will this suit-case hold all your clothes? - поместится ли вся твоя одежда в этот чемодан?

    the evening held a lot of surprises for us all - вечер был полон неожиданностей для всех нас

    sea-water holds many salts in solution - в морской воде содержится много солей в растворённом виде

    6. держать, хранить (что-л. где-л.)

    my money is held at the bank - мои деньги хранятся в банке; я держу свои деньги в банке

    7. 1) полагать, считать, находить

    I hold it good - я считаю, что это хорошо

    I hold him to be wrong [responsible for it] - я считаю, что он не прав [что он за это отвечает]

    to hold in esteem /in respect/ - уважать, относиться с почтением

    to be held in esteem /in respect/ - пользоваться уважением

    to hold in abhorrence - гнушаться; питать отвращение, омерзение

    to hold a thing to be impossible - считать что-л. невозможным

    we hold these truths to be self-evident - мы почитаем само собой разумеющимися следующие истины

    to be held worthy of smth. - считаться достойным чего-л.

    2) юр. признавать, решать; выносить (судебное) решение

    the court held that... - суд признал /решил, нашёл/, что...

    8. содержать под стражей; держать в тюрьме

    he was held on a charge of theft - он был задержан по обвинению в воровстве

    to hold prisoner [hostage] - держать в плену [заложником]

    to hold captive - а) держать в плену; б) привязывать (аэростат и т. п.)

    9. (of, from) уст. зависеть (от кого-л.); быть обязанным (кому-л. - правом, титулом)
    10. уст. подвергаться (чему-л.); терпеть, выносить (что-л.)
    11. уст. обязывать; вынуждать
    II А
    1. 1) выдерживать (тяжесть, напряжение)

    will the rope [the ice] hold? - выдержит ли верёвка [лёд]?

    this wall won't hold a hook bearing a heavy picture - на эту стену нельзя вешать тяжёлую картину на крюке

    2) поддерживать, держать; нести (тяжесть чего-л.)
    2. продолжаться, держаться, стоять (о погоде и т. п.)

    the fair weather is holding - стоит /держится/ ясная погода

    if the frost holds we shall have skating tomorrow - если мороз удержится, завтра можно будет кататься на коньках

    3. (тж. to hold good, to hold true) иметь силу ( о законе); оставаться в силе (о принципе, обещании)

    does the principle still hold good? - остаётся ли этот принцип в силе?

    the rule holds of /in/ all cases - правило применимо ко всем случаям

    to hold good in law - иметь законную силу, быть юридически обоснованным

    4. занимать (пост и т. п.)

    to hold a rank - иметь звание /чин/

    to hold office - а) занимать пост; б) быть у власти ( о партии)

    5. овладевать ( вниманием)

    to hold the attention of one's audience - заставить себя слушать, завладеть вниманием аудитории

    to hold an audience spellbound - приковать к себе внимание слушателей, зачаровать слушателей

    6. хранить, удерживать ( в памяти)

    I cannot hold all these details in my head /in my memory/ at once - я не могу сразу запомнить все эти подробности

    hold the traditions which you have been taught - библ. держите предания, которым вы научены

    7. придерживаться (взглядов, убеждений)

    to hold strange views - держаться странных взглядов; иметь странные убеждения

    8. резервировать (места, билеты и т. п.)

    we asked them to hold a room for us - мы просили их оставить для нас номер

    9. провести, устроить, организовать ( мероприятие)

    to hold a meeting [an election] - проводить собрание [выборы]

    the election was held in November - в ноябре прошли /состоялись/ выборы

    to hold a discussion [negotiations] - вести дискуссию [переговоры]

    to hold a reception [a press conference] - устроить приём [пресс-конференцию]

    to hold an examination - экзаменовать, проводить экзамен

    to hold correspondence - вести переписку, переписываться

    to hold a feast - пировать; устраивать пир

    to hold an inspection - инспектировать, проводить инспекцию

    to hold a service - церк. отправлять службу

    the college will hold classes today - в колледже сегодня будут (проводиться) занятия

    to hold an anniversary - отмечать /праздновать/ годовщину

    10. не пропускать ( жидкость), быть непроницаемым

    to hold water - не протекать, не пропускать воду (о лодке и т. п.) [см. тж. ♢ ]

    a leather bag will hold water but not petrol - в кожаном мешке можно держать воду, но не бензин

    11. зажимать, затыкать (нос, уши)

    when I spoke she held her ears - когда я говорил, она затыкала уши

    12. уст. биться об заклад, ставить ( ставку)
    13. зачать, понести ( о самке)
    II Б
    1. to hold smb., smth. in á position держать кого-л., что-л. в каком-л. положении

    to hold oneself upright /erect/ - держаться прямо

    hold yourself still - не шевелитесь, не двигайтесь

    to hold oneself ready /in readiness/ (for smth.) - быть (всегда) готовым (к чему-л.)

    to hold one's head high - а) высоко держать голову; hold your head (up)! - выше голову!; б) задирать нос, важничать, заноситься

    to hold in place - прикреплять, держать

    to be held in place by smth. - держаться на чём-л.

    to hold in check - сдерживать, не пускать

    to hold the enemy in position /to his ground/ - воен. сковывать противника

    to hold on a point - спец. устанавливать в данной точке

    2. to hold back from smth. /from doing smth./, to hold off from smth. /from doing smth./, to hold back on smth. /on doing smth./ воздерживаться от чего-л.

    to hold off from beer - воздерживаться от пива, не пить пива

    buyers are holding back on purchases - ком. покупатели воздерживаются от закупок

    3. to hold to /by/ smth. твёрдо держаться, придерживаться чего-л.

    to hold to a belief [by a principle] - твёрдо держаться какого-л. убеждения [какого-л. принципа]

    to hold by /to/ an opinion - придерживаться мнения

    I still hold to my former views - я остаюсь при старом мнении, я не изменил своих взглядов

    I hold to what I have always said - я не отказываюсь от того, что всегда говорил

    to hold by what N. says - прислушиваться к мнению N.

    4. to hold smb. to smth. требовать от кого-л. соблюдения чего-л.

    to hold smb. to his promise - настаивать на выполнении кем-л. своего обещания

    to hold smb. to terms - настаивать на соблюдении условий

    5. to hold (up) with smth. одобрять что-л.; соглашаться с чем-л.

    the political principles that few would hold with - политические принципы, с которыми мало кто согласится

    my father did not hold up with farming - занятие фермерством не нравилось моему отцу

    6. to hold with smb.
    1) соглашаться с кем-л., придерживаться одинаковых взглядов с кем-л.

    I hold with you that this author is very talented - я, как и вы, считаю, что этот писатель очень талантлив

    2) одобрительно относиться к кому-л.

    I can't hold with him, he is insupportable - я его не переношу, он невыносим

    7. to hold in with smb. дружить с кем-л.
    8. to hold out for smth. стремиться к чему-л.

    to hold out for a higher wage offer [price] - добиваться более высокой зарплаты [цены]

    9. to hold on for some place держать путь куда-л.

    ♢

    to hold copy - полигр. подчитывать ( корректуру)

    to hold the sprint - спорт. бежать с предельной скоростью

    to hold one's hand - воздержаться ( от действий); занять выжидательную позицию

    to hold hand - уст. а) помогать; б) состязаться; успешно соперничать

    hold fast /hard/! - а) стой!, подожди!; б) мор. стоп; [ср. тж. I 1 и 4]

    to hold one's own /one's ground/ - а) сохранять свои позиции, не сдаваться; he can hold his own against anyone - он может постоять за себя перед кем угодно; он может дать отпор любому; he can hold his ground with the older boys - он не уступает старшим мальчикам; б) сохранять достоинство, самообладание; не поддаваться (болезни и т. п.)

    the patient is holding his own - больной /пациент/ не теряет присутствия духа

    to hold water - выдерживать критику; быть убедительным, логичным, обоснованным (о гипотезе, утверждении и т. п.) [см. тж. II А 10]

    to hold it against smb. - иметь претензии к кому-л., иметь что-л. против кого-л.

    he never remembers my birthday but I don't hold it against him - он никогда не помнит о моём дне рождения, но я не обижаюсь на него (за это)

    to hold at bay см. bay2 I 2

    to be left holding the bag см. bag1 I ♢

    to hold a brief см. brief I 2

    to hold smb. in (the hollow of one's) hand - держать кого-л. в кулаке, подчинить кого-л. полностью

    he is neither to hold nor to bind - с ним никто не может справиться, с ним сладу нет

    to hold in play - занимать (работой, развлечениями)

    hold your horses! - а) ≅ легче на поворотах!; не выходите из себя!; б) подождите!; не торопитесь!

    hold it! - а) подождите!; не торопитесь!; б) не двигайтесь!; не шевелитесь!

    to hold the stage - а) театр. жарг. приковывать к себе внимание зрителей; затмить остальных актёров; б) затмить всё, отодвинуть на второй план всё остальное; в) держаться на сцене, не сходить со сцены ( о спектакле)

    to hold one's tongue /one's peace/ - молчать, держать язык за зубами, прикусить язык

    hold your noise /your row, сл. your jaw/! - перестань(те) шуметь!, замолчи(те)!

    hold, enough! - уст. хватит!; замолчите!

    to hold the fort - а) занимать твёрдую позицию, не уступать; «держать оборону»; б) поддерживать нормальную жизнь; вести дела (в отсутствии кого-л.); [см. тж. I 4]

    a skeleton staff was left to hold the fort at the office on Saturdays - по субботам в учреждении оставались лишь немногие сотрудники для ведения необходимых дел

    hold the fort! - амер. держитесь!

    to hold cheap - ни в грош не ставить; не дорожить

    to hold smth. lightly - не придавать чему-л. значения

    to hold in store - готовить, предвещать

    we cannot tell what the future may hold (in store) for us - мы не знаем, что нам сулит будущее

    to hold one's sides with laughter - покатываться со смеху; хохотать до упаду

    hold the line! - не вешайте трубку!, не кладите трубку! ( по телефону)

    hold your hat! - разг. ≅ ну, теперь держись!

    НБАРС > hold

  • 39 к лешему

    I
    • К ЧЕРТУ <K ЧЕРТЯМ, КО ВСЕМ ЧЕРТЯМ, К ЧЕРТЯМ СОБАЧЬИМ> highly coll; К ЧЕРТОВОЙ МАТЕРИ < БАБУШКЕ> highly coll, rude
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. послать, выгнать, вышвырнуть и т.п. кого Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll; К < КО ВСЕМ> СВИНЬЯМ substand, rude [adv]
    ⇒ to send s.o. away or drive s.o. out rudely (often when rejecting s.o.'s requests, claims, demands etc):
    - tell s.o. to go to the devil (to hell);
    - throw (kick) s.o. the hell out (of some place).
         ♦ Панкрат... явился в кабинет и вручил Персикову великолепнейшую атласную визитную карточку. "Он тамотко [regional = там]", - робко прибавил Панкрат... "Гони его к чёртовой матери", - монотонно сказал Персиков и смахнул карточку под стол (Булгаков 10)....Pankrat entered the office and handed Persikov a magnificent satiny calling card. "He's out there," Pankrat added timidly...."Tell him to go to hell," Persikov said in a monotone, and he threw the card under the table (10b).
         ♦ "Разрешите, мессир, его [Степу] выкинуть ко всем чертям из Москвы?" (Булгаков 9). "Permit me, Messire, to throw him [Styopa] the hell out of Moscow?" (9a).
    2. ну тебя (его и т. п) к лешему !; иди <пошёл, убирайся и т.п.> - ! Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll; К < КО ВСЕМ> СВИНЬЯМ substand, rude; К ЛЯДУ substand, rude [adv]
    ⇒ used to express irritation, anger, contempt directed at s.o. or sth., a desire to be rid of s.o. or sth.:
    - to (the) hell with you (him etc)!;
    - go (let him etc go) to (bloody) hell (to the devil)!;
    - get (let him etc get) the hell out of here!
         ♦ Разговоры на тему о психике таких индивидов, как Хозяин и Хряк, беспредметны... Да ну их к чёртовой матери! Кто они такие, чтобы забивать свою голову их жалкими персонами? (Зиновьев 1). Conversations about the psyche of such individuals as the Boss and Hog are conversations without a subject....The hell with them all! Who are they anyway, that we should be bothering our heads with their miserable personas! (1a).
         ♦ Женщина рассмеялась: "Да ну тебя к лешему, скаред! Я пошутила...", - и пошла вниз (Булгаков 9). The woman laughed. "Oh, go to hell, you old miser! I was only joking." And she went on downstairs (9b).
         ♦ "Слушай, дед... иди-ка ты отсюдова [ungrammat = отсюда] к чёртовой матери. Я этими байками сыт по горло" (Максимов 3). "Listen, Grandpa, why don't you go to bloody hell. I'm fed up to the teeth with your bedtime stories" (3a).
         ♦ "Бери три тысячи и убирайся ко всем чертям, да и Врублевского с собой захвати - слышишь это? Но сейчас же, сию же минуту, и это навеки, понимаешь, пане, навеки вот в эту самую дверь и выйдешь" (Достоевский 1). "Tbke three thousand and go to the devil, and don't forget Vrublevsky-do you hear? But now, this minute, and forever, do you understand, paniey you'll walk out this door forever" (1a).
    3. к лешему (кого-что)! Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll [Interj]
    ⇒ used to express protest, a complete rejection of s.o. or sth.:
    - damn it (him etc)!;
    - the (to) hell with this (him etc)!;
    - to the devil with this (him etc)!
         ♦ К чёрту! К чёртовой матери! Я не могу позволить им убить себя. Я должен жить (Аржак 1). Damn it! То hell with it! I couldn't let them kill me! I must live (1a).
         ♦ "К чёрту музей, к чёрту Карла Эберсокса, я хочу на воздух, на солнце!" (Федин 1). " То the devil with the museum, to the devil with Karl Ebersocks, I want air, sunshine!" (1a).
    4. взорвать что, взорваться, разлететься, развалиться и т.п. - [adv]
    ⇒ (to blow up, collapse, be ruined etc) completely, irretrievably:
    - the damn...;
    - (blow (smash) sth.) to bits (to smithereens);
    - [in limited contexts] shot to hell;
    - to hell and gone.
    5. [formula phrase]
    ⇒ used in response to " ни пуха ни пера", which is a wish for success or luck in sth.:
    - I'll do my best!;
    II
    • К ЧЕРТУ <K ЧЕРТЯМ, К БЕСУ, К ДЬЯВОЛУ, К ЛЕШЕМУ, К НЕЧИСТОМУ, К ШУТУ> coll; К ЧЕРТОВОЙ МАТЕРИ < БАБУШКЕ> highly coll
    [PrepP; these forms only; sent adv (parenth); used after interrog pronouns and adverbs (usu. какой, куда)]
    =====
    ⇒ used to indicate or emphasize the rhetorical and/ or ironic nature of a statement:
    - what the hell kind of [NP] is this (is he etc);
    - some bloody [NP] he is (you are etc).
         ♦ "Какая, к черту, в Семидоле революция? Четыре маслобойки и одна мельница... Весь город пополз ко всенощной, к Покрову пресвятой богородицы" (Федин 1). "What the hell kind of revolution is there in Semidol? Four creameries and one windmill...The whole town's crept off to vespers, to the Feast of the Intercession of the Holy Virgin" (1a).
         ♦ [Зилов:] (Тычет пальцем в открытую дверь, через которую видна освещённая улица.) Что это?.. Разве это ночь? Ну? Светло как днём! Какая же это к чёрту ночь! (Вампилов 5). [Z.:](Points at open door, through which the brightly lit street can be seen.) What's that?...Call that night, do you? It's as bright as day! Some bloody night that! (5a).
         ♦ [1-й гость:] Какая тут, к нечистому, любовь, ежели с самого обеда ни рюмки? (Чехов 4). [context transl] [First Guest:] How the devil can I think of love when I haven't had a single glass of anything since dinner? (4a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > к лешему

  • 40 к чертовой бабушке

    I
    • К ЧЕРТУ <K ЧЕРТЯМ, КО ВСЕМ ЧЕРТЯМ, К ЧЕРТЯМ СОБАЧЬИМ> highly coll; К ЧЕРТОВОЙ МАТЕРИ < БАБУШКЕ> highly coll, rude
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. послать, выгнать, вышвырнуть и т.п. кого Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll; К < КО ВСЕМ> СВИНЬЯМ substand, rude [adv]
    ⇒ to send s.o. away or drive s.o. out rudely (often when rejecting s.o.'s requests, claims, demands etc):
    - tell s.o. to go to the devil (to hell);
    - throw (kick) s.o. the hell out (of some place).
         ♦ Панкрат... явился в кабинет и вручил Персикову великолепнейшую атласную визитную карточку. "Он тамотко [regional = там]", - робко прибавил Панкрат... "Гони его к чёртовой матери", - монотонно сказал Персиков и смахнул карточку под стол (Булгаков 10)....Pankrat entered the office and handed Persikov a magnificent satiny calling card. "He's out there," Pankrat added timidly...."Tell him to go to hell," Persikov said in a monotone, and he threw the card under the table (10b).
         ♦ "Разрешите, мессир, его [Степу] выкинуть ко всем чертям из Москвы?" (Булгаков 9). "Permit me, Messire, to throw him [Styopa] the hell out of Moscow?" (9a).
    2. ну тебя (его и т. п) к чертовой бабушке !; иди <пошёл, убирайся и т.п.> - ! Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll; К < КО ВСЕМ> СВИНЬЯМ substand, rude; К ЛЯДУ substand, rude [adv]
    ⇒ used to express irritation, anger, contempt directed at s.o. or sth., a desire to be rid of s.o. or sth.:
    - to (the) hell with you (him etc)!;
    - go (let him etc go) to (bloody) hell (to the devil)!;
    - get (let him etc get) the hell out of here!
         ♦ Разговоры на тему о психике таких индивидов, как Хозяин и Хряк, беспредметны... Да ну их к чёртовой матери! Кто они такие, чтобы забивать свою голову их жалкими персонами? (Зиновьев 1). Conversations about the psyche of such individuals as the Boss and Hog are conversations without a subject....The hell with them all! Who are they anyway, that we should be bothering our heads with their miserable personas! (1a).
         ♦ Женщина рассмеялась: "Да ну тебя к лешему, скаред! Я пошутила...", - и пошла вниз (Булгаков 9). The woman laughed. "Oh, go to hell, you old miser! I was only joking." And she went on downstairs (9b).
         ♦ "Слушай, дед... иди-ка ты отсюдова [ungrammat = отсюда] к чёртовой матери. Я этими байками сыт по горло" (Максимов 3). "Listen, Grandpa, why don't you go to bloody hell. I'm fed up to the teeth with your bedtime stories" (3a).
         ♦ "Бери три тысячи и убирайся ко всем чертям, да и Врублевского с собой захвати - слышишь это? Но сейчас же, сию же минуту, и это навеки, понимаешь, пане, навеки вот в эту самую дверь и выйдешь" (Достоевский 1). "Tbke three thousand and go to the devil, and don't forget Vrublevsky-do you hear? But now, this minute, and forever, do you understand, paniey you'll walk out this door forever" (1a).
    3. к чертовой бабушке (кого-что)! Also: К ЛЕШЕМУ highly coll [Interj]
    ⇒ used to express protest, a complete rejection of s.o. or sth.:
    - damn it (him etc)!;
    - the (to) hell with this (him etc)!;
    - to the devil with this (him etc)!
         ♦ К чёрту! К чёртовой матери! Я не могу позволить им убить себя. Я должен жить (Аржак 1). Damn it! То hell with it! I couldn't let them kill me! I must live (1a).
         ♦ "К чёрту музей, к чёрту Карла Эберсокса, я хочу на воздух, на солнце!" (Федин 1). " То the devil with the museum, to the devil with Karl Ebersocks, I want air, sunshine!" (1a).
    4. взорвать что, взорваться, разлететься, развалиться и т.п. - [adv]
    ⇒ (to blow up, collapse, be ruined etc) completely, irretrievably:
    - the damn...;
    - (blow (smash) sth.) to bits (to smithereens);
    - [in limited contexts] shot to hell;
    - to hell and gone.
    5. [formula phrase]
    ⇒ used in response to " ни пуха ни пера", which is a wish for success or luck in sth.:
    - I'll do my best!;
    II
    • К ЧЕРТУ <K ЧЕРТЯМ, К БЕСУ, К ДЬЯВОЛУ, К ЛЕШЕМУ, К НЕЧИСТОМУ, К ШУТУ> coll; К ЧЕРТОВОЙ МАТЕРИ < БАБУШКЕ> highly coll
    [PrepP; these forms only; sent adv (parenth); used after interrog pronouns and adverbs (usu. какой, куда)]
    =====
    ⇒ used to indicate or emphasize the rhetorical and/ or ironic nature of a statement:
    - what the hell kind of [NP] is this (is he etc);
    - some bloody [NP] he is (you are etc).
         ♦ "Какая, к черту, в Семидоле революция? Четыре маслобойки и одна мельница... Весь город пополз ко всенощной, к Покрову пресвятой богородицы" (Федин 1). "What the hell kind of revolution is there in Semidol? Four creameries and one windmill...The whole town's crept off to vespers, to the Feast of the Intercession of the Holy Virgin" (1a).
         ♦ [Зилов:] (Тычет пальцем в открытую дверь, через которую видна освещённая улица.) Что это?.. Разве это ночь? Ну? Светло как днём! Какая же это к чёрту ночь! (Вампилов 5). [Z.:](Points at open door, through which the brightly lit street can be seen.) What's that?...Call that night, do you? It's as bright as day! Some bloody night that! (5a).
         ♦ [1-й гость:] Какая тут, к нечистому, любовь, ежели с самого обеда ни рюмки? (Чехов 4). [context transl] [First Guest:] How the devil can I think of love when I haven't had a single glass of anything since dinner? (4a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > к чертовой бабушке

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Feast of Fools — • A celebration marked by much license and buffoonery, which in many parts of Europe, and particularly in France, during the later middle ages took place every year on or about the feast of the Circumcision (1 Jan.) Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of the Assumption —     The Feast of the Assumption     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Feast of the Assumption     The Feast of the Assumption of the Blessed Virgin Mary, 15 August; also called in old liturgical books Pausatio, Nativitas (for heaven), Mors, Depositio …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of Guardian Angels —     Feast of Guardian Angels     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of Guardian Angels     This feast, like many others, was local before it was placed in the Roman calendar. It was not one of the feasts retained in the Pian breviary, published in… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of Tabernacles —     The Feast of Tabernacles     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Feast of Tabernacles     One of the three great feasts of the Hebrew liturgical calendar, even the greatest, according to Philo (heorton megiste) and Josephus (heste hagiotate kai… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of Corpus Christi —     Feast of Corpus Christi     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of Corpus Christi     (Feast of the Body of Christ)     This feast is celebrated in the Latin Church on the Thursday after Trinity Sunday to solemnly commemorate the institution of… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of the Ascension —     Feast of the Ascension     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of the Ascension     See also The Fact of the Ascension.     The fortieth day after Easter Sunday, commemorating the Ascension of Christ into heaven, according to Mark 16:19, Luke… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of the Dedication —     Feast of the Dedication (Scriptural)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of the Dedication (Scriptural)     Also called the Feast of the Machabees and Feast of Lights (Josephus and Talmudic writings), mentioned in the Old Testament (I… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of the Transfiguration of Christ —     Feast of the Transfiguration of Christ     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of the Transfiguration of Christ     Observed on August 6 to commemorate the manifestation of the Divine glory recorded by St. Matthew (Chapter 17).     Origin. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of the Circumcision —     Feast of the Circumcision     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Feast of the Circumcision     As Christ wished to fulfil the law and to show His descent according to the flesh from Abraham. He, though not bound by the law, was circumcised on the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Feast of Hate and Fear — was a print fanzine from 1990 through 1998. The fanzine contained articles on subjects such as social and political issues to film, books and the music scene. It also ran many pirated comics, and republished rare and out of print (though… …   Wikipedia

  • feast — feaster, n. feastless, adj. /feest/, n. 1. any rich or abundant meal: The steak dinner was a feast. 2. a sumptuous entertainment or meal for many guests: a wedding feast. 3. something highly agreeable: The Rembrandt exhibition was a feast for the …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»